DEDICATIONANDACKNOWLEDGMENTS

CHAKRAFREQUENCIES:TANTRAOFSOUNDhasbeenaworkoflove.Wededicatethisbooktoeachother.Neitheroneofuscouldhavedoneitwithouttheother.We are grateful for our love, our companionship, and our extraordinarycommitmenttoworktogetherforpersonalandplanetaryhealing.

Wealsodedicatethisbooktoourfamilies:tooursonJoshua;toourparents,Rose and IrvingGoldman andAndrew and Bettye Pullman; our brothers andsisters,RichardandPeterGoldman,RichardPullman,andSuzanneStrauss.

Wewould also like to acknowledge anddedicate this book to someof thepeoplewhosework,support,andessencehaveallowedustomanifestit.Someof thesepeoplearenoton theplanet,but theirworkcontinues to resonateandaffectus.Othersarehere,withoutknowledgeofthisbook,althoughtheirworkandenergyhaveinspiredandtaughtus.Othersarecolleagues,friends,andlovedoneswhohavebeen therewithus through thebirthingof this creation.Thesepeople include Jim Albani, Chris Allen, Kimba Arem, John Beaulieu, SarahBenson andDonald Beaman, PJ Birosik and Paul Scott, Steve Brown,GreggBraden,DonCampbell,DeepakChopra,RobertaCollier-Morales,TaeDarnell,FrankDeMarco,VickieDoddandEricNeurath,DanFurst,JohnandAliGalm,KayGardner, JonGraham, StevenHalpern,Gay andKathlynHendricks,NanKenney, Kitaro, Keiko, Lama Tashi, Laraaji, Reb. Auri V. Ishi, RandallMcClellan,MeredithMcCord,MaryMagdalena,KayMora,David andLaurieRugenstein, Reb. Zalman Schachter-Shalomi, Jill Schumacher, Ed and DebShapiro,AlecSims,andPatriciaYoungson.SpecialthankstoLauraSchlivekforherexperteditorialsupport,compassion,andwisdom.

Inaddition,wewishtogiveourheartfeltgratitudefortheguidance,wisdom,and compassion of all the extraordinary energies and divine beingswhoworkwithusandthroughus.

Finally, with loving kindness, we acknowledge and dedicate this book toyou, dear reader. May these words assist in manifesting beneficial shifts andchangesinyouandinallthoseyoutouch.

CHAKRAFREQUENCIES

“Jonathan and Andi Goldman have written an intriguing book thatfocuses on the use of energy and vibration to shift consciousness andhow these elements can bring greater harmony and creativity toourselvesandourrelationships.”

GAYANDKATHLYNHENDRICKS,COAUTHORSOFCONSCIOUSLOVINGANDLASTINGLOVE

“Powerful!...Timely!ChakraFrequenciesleadsusonajourneytothecoreofourmostbasicneedsanddeepestbeliefs.Throughararefusionof timeless wisdom and spirituality, Jonathan and Andi Goldmandescribe how the healing power of sound unlocks the mystery of ourinterconnectednesswithall that is. Indoingso theyopen thedoor toanew genre of conscious awareness and spiritual mastery. ChakraFrequenciesisessentialtothelibraryofanyoneonthe‘Path!’”

GREGGBRADEN,AUTHOROFTHEGODCODEANDTHEDIVINEMATRIX

CONTENTS

CoverImage

TitlePage

DedicationandAcknowledgments

Epigraph

PrefacetotheSecondEdition

Introduction

PARTI

BASICPRINCIPLESChapter1—WhatIsTantraofSound?

THEMEANINGOFTANTRA

THEWEBOFLIFE

USINGSOUNDTOUNITE

Chapter2—IntheBeginning:ThePowerofSoundPYTHAGORASANDSOUND

SOUNDASAWAVE

RESONANCE

CYMATICS

ENTRAINMENT

BRAINWAVES

SOUNDASENERGY

Chapter3—TheBodyVibrational

THECHAKRAS

Chapter4—ThePowerofIntentFREQUENCY

INTENT

KINESIOLOGY

ANEXPERIMENTUSINGKINESIOLOGY

FEELING

ENTRAINMENTVERSUSENTERTAINMENT

PARTII

BASICPRACTICESChapter5—BreathandToning

DIAPHRAGMATICBREATHING

TONING

WHATISTHEAHSOUND?

KEYSTOASSISTYOU

SILENCEAFTERSOUNDING

BEGENTLEWITHYOURSELF

Chapter6—TheSacredVowelsWORKINGWITHVOWELSASMANTRAS

GIVEYOURSELFTIMETOASSIMILATETHEEXPERIENCE

Chapter7—TheBijaMantrasHOWMANTRASWORK

BIJAS—SEEDSOUNDS

OM

PROPERPRONUNCIATIONOFBIJAS

ELONGATINGTHECONSONANTS

PARTIII

PRACTICEWITHAPARTNERChapter8—OverallPurpose

KNOWTHYSELF

THEACTIVATINGAGENTOFTANTRA

INTEGRATINGMASCULINEANDFEMININEENERGY

Chapter9—UsingVowelSoundswithaPartnerMATCHINGPITCHWITHAPARTNER

THEWOUNDEDSINGER

THEOUT-OF-TUNEANGEL

SOUNDINGTOGETHERWITHNONJUDGMENTANDCOMPASSION

SOUNDTHEMAJORSCALE

THEMAGICOFMONOTONE

DIFFERENTMETHODSOFSOUNDINGTHECHAKRAS

PURPOSEANDPOSITION

ADDITIONALENHANCEMENT

NOTHINGHAPPENED

Chapter10—SoundingtheBijaswithaPartnerBUILDINGYOUROWNTEMPLE

HEALINGTHEINNERCHILD

COMPASSION

SOMETIPSONBIJAMANTRAS

PREPARATIONFORTHEPARTNEREXERCISE

PARTIV

OTHERAPPLICATIONSChapter11—ToningduringEmotionalTurmoil

ENTRAINMENT101

FIGHTORFLIGHTVERSUSFREQUENCYSHIFTING

THESCENARIOOFJOHNANDMARY

MAKEANAGREEMENTTOSOUND

THEJOHNANDMARYSCENARIO—REVISITED

TONINGDURINGSTRESS

Chapter12—OvertonesandOtherSoundsTHENURRSOUND

THENURRSOUNDANDLIGHT

THEANGELCHAKRA

MUAHZIDT

THEDIFFERENCEBETWEENNURRANDMUAHZIDT

VIZ

TRUSTYOURINNERWISDOM

HU—THESOUNDOFCREATION

COMBININGSOUNDS

ABDULANDTHEEXTRAORDINARYINSTRUMENT

Chapter13—TheApplicationofDifferentSoundsandMusicTHEPSYCHOLOGYOFMUSIC

CHOOSINGMUSIC

THEISOPRINCIPLE

MOREON“FREQUENCY+INTENT”

Chapter14—AndintheEndCLOSINGTHOUGHTS

AfterwordOneFinalNote

AppendixAToolsoftheTradeTUNINGFORKS

QUARTZCRYSTALBOWLS

TIBETANBOWLS

TING-SHAS

AppendixBRecommendationsBOOKS

MUSIC

AppendixCChakra/BrainwaveHarmonizer

RecordedExamplesforChakraFrequencies:TantraofSound

AbouttheAuthor

AboutInnerTraditions•Bear&Company

OtherbooksbyJonathanGoldman

BooksofRelatedInterest

Copyright&Permissions

PREFACETOTHESECONDEDITION

IT ISOURGREAT PRIVILEGE to present to you this brand-new edition ofChakraFrequencies:TantraofSound(originallypublishedasTantraofSound:Frequencies ofHealing), winner of the Visionary Award for Best AlternativeHealth Book. This newest edition is filled with even more compassionatewisdomandinformationforyoutodiscoveronyourjourneythroughthesoundcurrent!

Themorewe have utilizedChakraFrequencies as a tool for teaching andtransformation, the more it has withstood the test of time. The information,exercises,andothermaterialscontinue tobeas timelyaswhen theywere firstwritten—infact,probablyevenmoretimelybecausethefieldofsoundcontinuestogrowatanastonishingrate,andthisbookcontinuestobehonoredinthefield.

Sincethefirstpublicationofourbook,theworldofsoundhealinghastrulyflourished.We are grateful for this—it is an acknowledgment of not only theabilityofsoundtoheal,butalsotheextraordinarycapacityofsoundtotransformand create positive, lasting change. More and more people have come tounderstand theamazingpowerof sound tocreate frequencyshiftson somanydifferent levels, including the physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual. Somanyarebeginningtoopenuptosound.Whatablessing!

Wearelivinginextraordinarytimesnow—timesofgreatshiftandchange.Perhapsthisisoneofthemainreasonswhythereissomuchinterestinthefieldofsoundhealing.Soundcanhelpushealourselvesandcanalsobringharmonyand balance to this planet. Sound creates change and allows us to adjust ourfrequencies,enablingustocomeintoalignmentwithallthevastshiftsthatareoccurring.Throughsound,wecanexperienceaquantumleapinourevolution—both as a species and as a planet. It is vital and necessary—in fact, it ismandatory—thatwelearntoadapttotheseshiftsandchangesbyadjustingourvibratory level toone that resonateswith all that is happening, bothwithinusandaroundus.Oneofthefastest,easiest,andmostpowerfulwaysofdoingsoisthrough sound. Once you learn to use sound to shift your frequencies, the

possibilitiesarelimitless.As both our ancient spiritual masters and our modern quantum physicists

acknowledge, theuniverse isvibration. It follows thatourability toadjustourvibrationsbyshiftingandchangingourfrequenciesmeansthatthereisnothingwe can’t do. Do you want to bring healing and harmony into your life? Usesound!Doyouwanttocreatemoreresonanceandpeacewiththosearoundyou?Use sound! Do you want to enhance both personal and planetary quantumevolution?Usesound!

Sinceitsfirstpublication,wehaveponderedinnumerablechangestothetitleof our book because the popularmeaning of tantra in ourWestern culture isoften associated with sexual energy, which has caused confusion in potentialreaders’ minds about the book’s subject matter. The word tantra truly hascenturies-oldoriginsthatresonatewiththeprinciplesofvibrationandsound.Infact,theetymologyoftantracomesfromthewordstattva(thescienceofcosmicprinciples) and mantra (the science of vibration). It was this ancient andauthenticmeaningofthewordthatwehadinmindwhenwechoseouroriginaltitle and it was our aim to bring awareness of this cosmic vibration to ourreaders.

Ifyouunderstandourpremise—that this interconnecting link joiningallofreality is both based upon sound and created by sound—then you will trulyappreciatetheinformation,techniques,andmaterialsinthebook.Wehavetitledthe new edition Chakra Frequencies because the seven chakras, locatedvertically along the center of our bodies, are vortices of vibration.When wefocus our sound work on the chakras, we are able to change our vibrationalfrequencies and allow resonance with greater aspects of the unified field ofconsciousness. Through learning to work with chakra frequencies, we canenhance our health and wellness, accelerate our awareness, and advance ourevolutionaryprocesstoembodyourinterconnectednesswithallthatis.WehaveretainedTantraofSoundasthesubtitleforourbookbecauseitstruemeaning—thatwecanconnectwiththecosmosthroughsound—continuestohavecentralrelevancetothebook’ssubject.

We are grateful that you have picked up Chakra Frequencies: Tantra ofSound andwe trust that if you’ve gotten this far in your reading, you realizewhatagemyouhaveinyourhand.Itisourgreathopethatthisneweditionwillattract an even greater audience of people to the extraordinary andtransformationalworldofsound.

If we could impart just one truth to you in this book, it would be theprofoundwordsofourdearfriendandmentor,SarahBenson,“thetruesoundofhealing is love!”We are grateful that there aremanymore such truthswithinthesepagesforyoutosavorandresonatewith.Wewelcomeyouonthisvoyageintothesacredandhealingpowersofsound.

Thank you for reading thus far and please know that through a greaterawareness of thepowerof sound to effect healing and transformation,we cancreateabettertodayandamoreharmonioustomorrow.Weinviteyoutoreadonandexperiencetheextraordinaryfrequenciesofhealingthatareinstoreforyou.

ManyBlessings ofLove andLight throughSound to eachof youonyourjourney, not only through this book, but throughout your lives! May SacredSoundsresonatewithyou!

JONATHANANDANDIGOLDMANBOULDER,COLORADO

INTRODUCTION

THROUGHCHAKRAFREQUENCIES,we trust thatyouwillembarkuponanexciting journeyusing thepowerofsoundasa tool forenhancingyour life. Itwill opendoorsof intimacynotonlywithyourself but alsowithyourpartner,whetherlover,friend,spouse,orother.AlthoughinourWesternculturetantraismostoftenassociatedwithsex,youwilldiscoverthatthisbookisanexplorationof sound as a vehicle for self-awareness, allowing you to discover a new andexcitingparadigmforraisingconsciousnessandenhancingallareasofyourlife.

As a couple and inworkingwith thousandsof people inour seminars,wehavesuccessfullyusedandappliedtheknowledgeandexerciseswenowpresentto you. Everything in Chakra Frequencies is true and works. Its simple yeteffective information and techniques can change your life. Sound can be anextraordinary teacher, showingyouhow toachievestatesofconsciousnessnotnormallyavailabletothoseuninitiatedtoitspower.Throughsounditispossibletobehealedandmadewhole,and toawakenyourconsciousness to tantra, theweb of existence that connects everything. This is the power of ChakraFrequenciesandwhywehavewrittenitforyou.

Soundcanhealthebody,mind,andspirit,aswellastheemotions.Throughthis interrelationship of sound and self,we can balance and harmonize any ofthese aspects within ourselves and affect all parts of our being. Through thisresonance with sound, we can heal our inner self, as well as create harmonywithinourrelationships.Oncethispowerfulnewawarenessofselfemerges,webegin toexperience lifedifferently;weareopen to thepossibilities inherent inthehumanexperience.

Chakra Frequencies is based on more than forty years of our combinedexperience working in the fields of sound, health, and consciousness. To ourknowledge, no one has ever brought together the information and techniquesfoundwithinthesepagesinsuchaframeworkasthis.Ouruniqueandpowerfulapproachofusingsoundtoenhanceself-awarenessandrelationshipsisnewandinnovative.Itisalsoextremelyeffective.

Oneofthemainpurposesofthisbookistocreateavehicleforindividualsorcouplestousetodeepenrelationships,enhancemoreself-awareness,andcreatemore love in their lives. Through the powerful exercises and techniquespresented in thisbookyouwill learn to tuneandvibrateyourbody,mind,andspirit through sound. When this harmony occurs, all is possible, includingenhancedphysical,emotional,mental,andspiritualbalanceandbonding.Itwillchangeyourlife.

ChakraFrequencies isdivided into fourparts.The first section focuseson“BasicPrinciples”foundinbothtantraandsound.Weanswerquestionssuchas“What is tantra?” and “How can sound assist the tantric experience?” You’lllearn about tantra as the web that unites all reality and about sound as thefundamentalvibratoryforce.You’lldiscoverhowsoundhas theability toshiftand changeus.You’ll findout how this energy canbe applied individuallyorwith couples to enhancewell-being and intimacywith self and others. You’llexplore aspects of vibration that include resonance, intention, entrainment,visualization,andmanyotherfascinatingaspectsofsoundandconsciousness.

In the second part of this book we delve into “Basic Practices” for usingsound as a vehicle to promote self-awareness by balancing the energy centersknown as chakras. Included in this section is the important use of breath andtoninginordertobeginutilizingyourvoiceforself-createdsounds.You’lllearnexercises using sacred vowel sounds and mantras to affect and align yournervoussystemandyourchakras.You’llbegintoexperiencethepowerofyourown resonance as you explore the innermost aspects of yourself through thepower of sound. You will lay the groundwork for feeling confident aboutexploringtantricsoundpracticeswithapartner.

ThethirdpartofChakraFrequenciesinvolvestheuseofsoundasatooltoexchange energy with another person. This section, called “Practice with aPartner,”isdesignedforyoutoexperiencespecificsoundexerciseswithanotherin order to deepen your relationship.You’ll also be asking yourself importantquestions concerningyourpurpose forusing soundwith apartner.You’ll thenexplore profound and powerful techniques to use with a partner. These willgreatlyassistandenhanceallaspectsofrelationship.

The fourth sectionof this book, “OtherApplications,” examines additionalusesandareasforusingsoundtoenrichyourlife.Weintroducenewsoundsandnewways touse them thatwill create ahappier, healthieryou, includinghowmusiccanbeusedtoinitiatedifferentstatesofconsciousnessandenhanceyour

life experiences.We look atmany otherways inwhich sound can assist yourwell-being.

We’ve also included appendices, with information on sonic tools such astuningforksandcrystalbowls,recommendedrecordingsandbooks,andfurthercommentaryonsound.

TotrulyknowoneselfistobegintocatchaglimpseoftheDivine.Wehaveforgottenourconnectiontowhoandwhatweare.Becauseofthis,

many of us find our lives have lost meaning. Sound is a major key torediscovering thisknowingofself.Wecanusesoundtoreconnect,strengthen,andrevitalizeourlives.

Sound is a dynamic agent for shift and change. Knowledge of sound canenhancepracticallyanyactivityyouengagein.Itcanchangeyourlife.ChakraFrequencieshaschaptersonexperiencingsoundexercisesindividuallyaswellaswithapartner.Thepotentialusesofsoundforchangearelimitless.

Imagine you’re feeling depressed, with low energy and no vigor. Yourpassionforlifeseemstohaveslippedaway.Youstartworkingwithsoundandsuddenly, within a few minutes, your depression begins to lift and your lifeenergy returns.Orperhapsyou’rewithyourpartnerandnot feelingconnectedwith each other or the least bit romantic. In fact, you’re having a good old-fashioned emotional battle that has both of you ready to give up on therelationship.Whatifyoucouldboth“sound”togetherand,withinafewminutes,be back to a place where you are talking to each other again, perhaps evenbeginning to resonatewith the love that youhave?What if you found that byworkingwith sound for just a short amount of time each day, you could healmanydifferentissues,allowingyoualifeofbalanceandhappiness?

We know that this and more can be achieved through the informationpresentedinthisbook,thatlearningtounderstandandusesoundinanintimateand sacred manner can lead to all sorts of extraordinary realizations aboutyourself,yourrelationships,andyourlife.Soundhasbeenawonderfulteacherforus;ithashelpedusinourlovingresonancewitheachother,andweknowitcanhelpyou.

ChakraFrequencies is theresultofanactoflove—notonlyforeachotherbutalsoforourplanet.Weliketothinkthatitcombinesthebestofourtalents,abilities, and gifts.And that, in the end, the lovewe are able to give to eachother,andultimatelytoyou,thereader,isadirectresultoftheloveweareabletoreceivefromeachother.

Beforewe begin this extraordinary journey into sound and self-awareness,wewouldliketothankyouinadvanceforjoiningusandforallowingustoshareourjourneywithyou.Weknowitwillchangeyourlife.

PARTI

BASICPRINCIPLES

1WHATISTANTRAOFSOUND?

TANTRA. THE VERY WORD CONJURES UP EXCITING IMAGES ofincense-filledrooms,fullofthrobbingbodiespulsatingandvibratinginvariousdegrees of orgasmic ecstasy. Indeed, if youdo an Internet searchon thewordtantra, youwill find over amillion and a halfwebsiteswith reference to thatword.Almost all of these sites focus on sex.Sex is huge.Sex sells.Tomanypeople,sexandtantrameanthesamething.This,however,issimplynottrue.

Thereisgreatconfusiontodayaboutthewordtantra,andunderstandablyso.Dependingontheculture,tradition,viewpoint,teacher,andlevelofawareness,tantrameansdifferent things todifferentpeople. Inour research for thisbook,we investigated numerous sources and were astounded by the variety ofmeaningsthatwereappliedtothewordandtheteachingsbehindit.

Not surprisingly, here in theWest, themeaningof tantra is almost alwayssynonymouswithsexandsexualyoga,takenfromspecificpathsandteachersintheHindutradition.YetintheBuddhisttradition,particularlyTibetanBuddhism,tantrahasnothingtodowithsex—atleastnotwiththephysicalaspectofsexualrelationships.

Asnoted,anInternetsearchonthewordtantrarevealsoveramillionandahalfwebsitesaddressingaspectsoftantra,thevastmajorityofwhichcenteronsex. In our own search, an estimated 90 percent to 95 percent of the siteswevisited involved someaspect of sexual relations—with everything from sexualaids to sexual surrogates being advertised. Many times these sites offeredtechniquesforimprovingsexualcapabilityinsexualrelationships.Manytimes,however,thesesiteswerenotnearlythatsubtle.

Yetinourresearchwealsodiscoveredsourcesthatwereofseeminglypuretantric traditions, and they were almost all adamant that tantra has little ornothingtodowithsexasitiscurrentlyperceivedintheWest.Infact,thewordneotantra frequently emergedwhen authorities on traditional tantra dealtwith

the subject of this newer Western perception of tantra as sex, which theyconsideredacorruptionoftruetantra.What,then,istantra?

THEMEANINGOFTANTRATantraisSanskrit,theancientlanguageoftheHindutradition.AsinothersacredlanguagessuchasHebreworTibetan,thereisfrequentlynoonesinglemeaningthatcanbeappliedintranslation.Thustantraisoftentranslatedas“continuum”or“unbrokenstream”and indicatesa flowofconsciousness fromignorance toenlightenment.Thewordalsotranslatesas“web”or“warp”andencompassesallthat is.Tantrarepresents theinterconnectingenergiesbetweenall thingsin thisandotherplanesofexistence.Otherwordsused todescribe tantraare: leadingprinciple, essential part, model, system, framework, doctrine, rule, theory,scientific work, order, chief part, authority, science, mystic works, magicalformulas,means,expedient,stratagem,andmedicine.

Theetymologyoftantrapointstothecombinationoftwowords,tattvaandmantra. Tattva is the science of cosmic principles, whilemantra refers to thescienceofmysticsoundandvibrations.IntheTibetanBuddhisttradition,tantraissometimesreferredtoas“SecretMantra.”ThismaybetodistinguishitfromWesternconceptsofneotantra.Adefinitionof“SecretMantra”fromtheTibetanBuddhiststandpoint isasfollows:“Secret”indicatesthat thesemethodsshouldbe practiced privately; “mantra” means “protection for the mind” and oftenutilizes sacred sound to provide this.Thus the functionofSecretMantra is toenableusthroughtheuseofsoundtoprogressswiftlythroughthestagesofthespiritualpathbyprotectingourmindagainstordinaryconceptions.

Indeed,oneof thehighest levelsof tantricpractice involvesresonatingandharmonizingoneselfwithsound.Thisisdoneinordertoenhanceandenergizeour physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual essences. Hindu and TibetanBuddhist tantra both stress the power of sound. Sound, in fact, is the basis ofmuch tantra—through working with advanced sound techniques, tantricpractitionersareabletoharmonizethemselvesinbody,mind,andspirit.

ItwasthroughourworkexploringvarioussonicpracticesfromtheEasterntraditionsthatwecameupontheconceptofatantraofsound.Throughyearsofusing sound,we have discovered easymethods for achieving the harmonizingeffectthatEasternmysticshavedescribed.Thisdesiredharmonyandbalanceofbody,mind,andspiritcanbebothsafelyandefficientlyachievedbythereaderutilizingthetechniquesandexercisesdescribedinthisbook.

Aswewill discuss throughout the book, our primary goal is to assist thereader in reaching deeper states of consciousness and awareness; first withyourself, and then, if appropriate, with a partner. Humanity is currently at acrossroads in itsevolutionarydevelopment.Oneroadleads toanamazingnewworld of hopes and possibilities filled with love and compassion, caring andkindness.Theother roaddoesnot.This first roadoffers thepotential forus tobecomethetrue,extraordinaryhumansthatsomanyofthemysticsandspiritualteachers throughout timehavesuggested thatwecanbe. Inorder todoso,wemustachieveharmonyandbalancewithinourselvesandthenwithoneanother.Wemustbewillingtogazeintothewindowofoursoul,acknowledgewhoandwhatweare,andthenagreetoloveandhonorthatbeing.

Atthiscrossroads,a timewhenvariousspiritual traditionsfromtheMayanto the Christian have foretold great change, we find that different models orarchetypesmust emerge.The current paradigm thatwehave dealtwith in ourpsyche, andhavemanifested in thephysical formany thousandsof years, hasresulted in war and suffering.We suggest it is possible to choose a differentmodel based on harmony, balance, cooperation, and compassion. This modelexists in the various myths, legends, and spiritual texts of the planet andrepresentsbothstrengthandgoodness.Itisnotnecessarytobeweakinordertobekind;currently,weoftenconfuseandequatethesetwo.

Themodel we present inChakra Frequencies is one that is balanced andalignedwiththeharmoniousintegrationofthemasculineandfeminineenergieswithineachperson.Whentheseenergiesareembodied,theycreateanegalitarianrelationshipwiththeselfandothers.Thisrelationshipisnotcontrollingnorisitin competition with the participants involved. It is cooperative andcompassionate.Itisbalancedandharmonious.

Balancedrelationshipshavemanifestedthroughmanyofthedivinebeingsindifferent cultureswho generate loving-kindness, fromShiva and Shakti in theHindutraditiontoAvalokitesvaraandTaraintheTibetanBuddhisttradition,andtoJesusandMaryMagdaleneintheChristiantradition.Theseenergiesmaybeunderstood as being divine entities and their consorts, or as a priest and highpriestesswhoworktogetherinthesacredlovingunityoftheDivine.Thesemaleand female energies are foundwithin us individually and are created throughpartnership. We are not talking about gender separation but rather about thebalancedenergiesoftheinternalizedmasculineandfeminine.

The uniting of masculine and feminine energies is found in tantra, which

utilizesthesymbolicmale/femaleunionwithinasameditativeformtoassistinachieving enlightenment. A tantric practitioner concentrates on expanding alllevelsofconsciousnessinordertounveilandexperiencethesupremerealityofGod.Thisisdonethroughsymbolicallyunitingthetwooppositeenergiesofthemale and female (inHinduism, the Shiva-Shakti energy). Through tantra, onecan overcome themaya or illusion of separateness, whichmanifests in lowerlevelsofconsciousnessthatcreatethepolarityofmaleandfemale.Truerealityequals theAbsolute,and that isnondualistic. Itencompasses theunificationofthemasculineandfeminineaspectswithinussothatwemaytranscendintotheonenessoftheDivine.

We believe that this paradigm of harmonious and balanced male/ femaleenergy isnecessary forourcontinued journeydown theevolutionary road.Wehavereachedtheplaceinourdevelopmentwheretheuseofourtechnologymustbe tempered with the wisdom of loving-kindness. We offer you ChakraFrequenciestoassistintheintegrationofthisimportantparadigmofrelationshipforthebenefitofbothpersonalandplanetaryacceleration.

THEWEBOFLIFEFrom our perspective, tantra is the web that interconnects and unites all ofreality.Modernscience isbeginning toacknowledge this interconnectedness—that we are all part of one huge matrix of consciousness. Indeed, quantumphysics tellsus that theobserverand thesystemobservedforman inseparablewhole.Everythingisinterrelated.Oneobjectorexperienceisnotseparatefromanother.Experimentshavedemonstratednonlocality,showingthatsimultaneousevents far removed geographically from each other can indeed influence andaffecteachother.ThusitissaidthatthebeatingofthewingsofabutterflyoverKansascanaffecttheweatherpatternsoverEurope.

Nearlyonehundredyearsago,notedpsychologistCarlJungcoinedthetermsynchronicitytodescribehowtwoapparentlyunrelatedeventscouldberelated.He noted that there is more to life’s seemingly “accidental” events than justcoincidence. Jung talked about a collective unconscious—a unified field ofthought.

Weareall interrelatedandnotsoaloneandisolatedfromeachotheraswemay believe. The study of tantra incorporates this understanding of all thingsbeinginterrelated.Tantratellsusnotonlythatallthingsareconnected,butalsothatall thingsarepartof theOne—theDivine, thesupremeuniversalmind,or

theGodForce.Many of us feel isolated and detached in our lives.We feel separate from

each other, separate from ourselves, and separate from the Divine. This is acommonplaceexperience formanypeople.Ourconsciousnessofduality—thatthings are disconnected from each other—creates this separateness that weexperience. Understanding tantra provides for the realization of the One—transcendingdualityandprovidingaconsciousnessofunity thatacknowledgesthedivinityinall.

USINGSOUNDTOUNITEAs you will soon discover, sound is an extraordinary vehicle to unite and toassist us in the dissolution of our sense of separation, creating unificationthrough vibratory resonance. Through sound, we can unify ourselves,experiencinganondualisticrealitythatallowsustoresonatewiththeonenessoftheDivine.

Wehave found that focusingonsoundprovidesa fastandeffectivemeansfor Westerners to work with the higher levels of tantra, creating that deeperrelationshipwithoneselfand,ifappropriate,withothers.Aswementionedintheintroduction,throughutilizingsoundinthismannerwecanachieveapowerfulanddeepunderstandingofourselves,aswellasothers.Suchpowerfulintimacy,created through the power of sound and acted onwith the power of love, canonly enhance our lives—assisting our health and wellness and leading to aneventual resonance of harmony and balance with the web of life. This is thetantraofsound.

Itisnotnecessarytohaveapartnerinordertoexperiencetantra.InTibetanBuddhism, tantra is normally practiced alone, uniting the divine forces as onewithin you. Traditionally, a tantric practitioner’s meditations incorporate thevisualizations of male and female deities. Tantra is understood as a path thatallows the transmutation of imbalanced energies, enabling one to overcomesuffering and ultimately enter nirvana, the heavenly realms. It is a path ofenlightenment,whichutilizestheenergyofcompassionthroughsound.

MuchofthisunderstandingisalsotrueinthetantraoftheHindutradition.The universe is considered the cosmic interplay of male/female energy. Thewholeprocessofcreation,preservation,anddestruction is themanifestationofthismale/femaleenergy—thedanceofShiva/Shakti.Theexistenceoftheworld

is thought of as a continuous birthing of the female principle created from aninfiniteinfusionofthemaleprincipleinsexualunion.Theuniverse—theweb—is viewed as the act of ongoing creation expressed by patterns of symbolicsexualactivity,suffusedwithasenseoftranscendentlove.

ItisfromtheHindutraditionthatsexasaphysicalactivityhascomeintoourawarenessasbeingsynonymouswithtantra.Yet, inactuality,manytrueHindutantric practitioners are celibate, focusing, like their Tibetan Buddhistcounterparts, on the symbolic union ofmale/female energy. This union of themale/female energy—the Shiva-Shakti current—is metaphoric, ritualistic, andmeditational. It isonlya specificvariationofHindu tantra that actuallyworkswithphysicalsexbetweenpartners.Thisistheleft-handpathoftantra,knownasVamacara,whichhasbecomethefocusofmuchWesternawarenessoftantra.

Despitetheirvaryingapproaches,thetantraofTibetanBuddhismandthatofHinduismareextremelyadvancedpracticesthatdemandmuchwork,study,andtechnical experience before their true benefits of enlightenment may beachieved. Because of this, traditional tantric practices are not designed fordabblers in the esoteric arts. Most Westerners do not have the time or theinclination for the lifelongcommitment requiredby traditional tantricpractice.Manymayalsofindthesepracticesoutofharmonywiththeircurrentreligiousorspiritualbeliefsystems.Itisforthesereasonsandothersthatwecreatedthisbook.

Our techniques and understanding of these processes, which enable thisharmonization to be achieved, are based to some degree on the traditionalteachings of bothHindu and TibetanBuddhist tantra, including knowledge ofmantras,visualization, andchakras.Theyarealsobasedonother spiritual andmystical traditions that understand the principles of sound as a healing andtransformationalenergy.

Our teachings and techniques also incorporate modern methodologies andmodalities that allow an easy and effective sonic resonance to occur. Theseteachings synergize and synthesize for rapid and powerful results. In addition,these teachingsdonotrequiremuchadherence to thebeliefsysteminherent inHinduism and Tibetan Buddhism. They can easily be applied to ourWesternconsciousness.While the teachings can certainly work within perspectives ofconsciousness of the Hindu or Buddhist belief system, they are equallyapplicable to anyone, regardless of religious beliefs or spiritual understanding.Thetantraofsoundisuniversal.

Sound is the essence of tantra. Aswe stated previously, tantra is partiallyderivedfromthewordmantra,whichreferstothescienceofmysticsoundandvibration. Thus the phrase tantra of sound means using sound as a tool toexperience thewebof theuniverse. Inparticular,wewill focusonusing self-createdsoundsinordertodothis.

For thoseunaccustomedtosingingorusingyourvoiceasan instrumentofsound,weassureyouthatitisnotnecessarytohaveanysortofmusicalskillsorgiftsinordertoexperiencethebenefitsinthisbook.Everyone,includingthosewithout anypreviousmusical talent or training, cando the exercisesweoffer.Youwill discover thatweall have the extraordinary ability touse self-createdsound as a transformational tool. One of our purposes in this book is to helpempower you with the use of your own voice to create powerful shifts andchangeswithinyourselfandwithothers.

We are not promising instant enlightenment through use of thematerial inthis book. We suggest, however, that this material provides information andknowledge,aswellasexercisesandtechniques,which,whenproperlyapplied,can lead to a happier, healthier, more balanced life.Chakra Frequencies willopen you to a deeper connectionwith yourself, and through this connection apowerfulinnerknowingoftheonenessofallwillemerge.Youwilllearnhowtoshift and change your own vibratory levels in order to adjust to the manypersonalandplanetaryshiftsthatarecurrentlyhappening.

Staywithusnowaswebeginournextchapterontheenergyofsound.Asyoudo,youwillbegintolearnmoreaboutthepowerandwonderofsound.Andyouwillbegintoexperiencedeeptransformationandchange.

2INTHEBEGINNINGThePowerofSound

SOUNDISTHEUNIFYINGASPECTOFTANTRA,thewebthatconnectsallexistence.Soundisthesourceofallbeing;vibrationisthebasisofallourreality.If you examine the basic tenets of the various religions andmystical paths onthisplanet,theyallhaveawarenessthatsoundistheprincipalcreativeforceintheuniverse.ThisknowledgeandunderstandingseemtobeprevalentinmostoftheancientspiritualteachingsandcentersthroughouttheworldincludingRome,Athens,Egypt,Tibet,andmanyotherMysteryschools.TotheTibetanBuddhist,forexample,theworldisnotonlycreatedthroughsound,itisconstantlybeingre-createdeverymomentofeverydaythroughthecombinationofthoughtsandsounds.Withthisunderstandingcomesawarenessofthepowerofsoundtohealandtransform.

IntheNewTestament,itiswritten:“IntheBeginningwastheWordandtheWordwasGod.”TheHinduholybooks,theVedas,state:“InthebeginningwasBrahmanwithwhomwastheWordandtheWordwasBrahman.”FromGenesisin the Old Testament, we are told Sound is the first creative act of God,preceding themanifestation of Light; it is the act of speaking that creates theenergyofLight.“AndtheLordsaid‘LettherebeLight!’andtherewasLight!”

TheHopilegendstellthestoryoftheSpiderWomanwhosangthesongofcreation over all the inanimate forms on the planet and brought them to life.FromtheMayanholybook,PopolVuh,thefirstmenandwomenwerecreatedsolelythroughthepowerofsound.InancientEgypt,thegodThothwouldthinkofanobject,speakitsname,andbringitintobeing.IntheHebrewmysticalpathof Kabbalah, an object and its true name are identical. In the East, gods andgoddesses blow conch shells or hit giant gongs, bringing the universe intocreation.Stories,legends,andmythsaboutsoundasthebasiccreativeforcearefoundinallthecountriesandculturesofthisplanet.

PYTHAGORASANDSOUNDMany are aware that Pythagoras, the Greek mathematician from the sixthcenturyB.C., is acknowledged as the father of geometry.However, fewknowthathehadaschoolthattaughtnotonlythemysteryofnumbers,butalsotheuseofsoundtoaffectandhealthebody,mind,andspirit.Thefirstlevelofinitiateslearned the secrets of acoustical proportions. Pythagoras believed that the“Music of the Spheres,” the sounds of the heavenly bodies as they movedthrough space, could be realized andwas reflected in the sounds of vibratingstrings.Thesecondlevelofstudentslearnedfurthersecretsofmathematicsandnumbers while they went through a stage of purification to receive thisinformation. The third level of initiates was given direct knowledge of thetransmutingandhealingenergiesofsoundandmusic.

Throughouthistory,wehavehadgreatphilosophersandscientistswhohaveacknowledgedthepowerofsoundtohealandtransform.Musicwasnotanartform, but a way of using energy and power to be respected and studied as asacredscience.Theprinciplesofvibration,whichareatthecoreoftheseancientbeliefs,arestillasrelevantandtruetodayastheywerethousandsofyearsago.Unfortunately,today,muchofthisancientknowledgehasbeenforgotten.

Gratefully,weareonthecuttingedgeofareemergenceoftheunderstandingabout sound as a vehicle for self-transformation and healing. In April 2003,Jonathan presented at the “Science and Consciousness” conference; alsopresenting was Dr. Michio Kaku, one of the world’s preeminent physicists,whosetalkwasontheunifiedfieldtheory.HebeganexplainingthatEinsteinandother great scientists weren’t entirely correct. It wasn’t simply E=mc2. It wassomethinggreaterthanthat.“Everythingismusic!”hedeclared.Thisstatementcame fromamanwhosewidelyhailed interpretationof the superstring theorypostulates that therearemanyparalleldimensions thatare interrelated throughharmonically related vibrations. Dr. Kaku’s statement that “Everything ismusic!” echoed what Jonathan had declared in his workshop. As the ancientHindushavetoldus,NadaBrahma—theworldissound!

SOUNDASAWAVESoundtravelsasawaveform,which,justlikeawaveintheocean,goesupanddown.Thesewaves of sound aremeasured in cycles per second (calledHertzand abbreviated asHz).Thismeasurement is called the frequencyof a sound.

Slow-movingwavesmakebasssounds.Fast-movingwavesmaketreblesounds.Thelowestnoteonapianomakesadeepbasssoundandhasafrequencyof27.5Hz.Thehighestnoteonapianomakesa treble soundandhas a frequencyof4,186Hz.We hear from around 16Hz to around 16,000Hz.Younger peoplewhosehearinghasnotdeterioratedduetoauditorydamageoragecanhearupto18,000Hzorhigher.

Fig.2.1.soundisawave.

Justbecausewecan’thearasounddoesn’tmeanitisnotthere.Dolphinscanproject and receive frequencies upwards of 180,000 cycles per second. That’smore than ten timesbeyondour limitofhearingsound.Thuswe’d likeyou tocontemplate the idea that stems from the phrase “In the Beginning”—thateverythingandanythingissound.Fromtheelectronsmovingaroundthenucleusofanatom toplanets indistantgalaxiesmovingaround stars, everything is inmotion.Andifsomethingisinmotion,itis(conceptually,atleast)puttingoutavibrationthatmaybeperceivedassound,whetheraudibleornot.

RESONANCEEverythingthatvibrateshasitsownresonantfrequency—thatis, thefrequencyorvibrationthatismostnaturalandharmonioustoit.We’veallseenexamplesofresonance.Whensingersareabletoshatterglassbymakingasound,they’vematchedtheresonanceoftheglass.

An experiment that is frequently used to demonstrate resonance in scienceclasses is to hit a tuning fork andwatch as the soundwave travels to anothertuning fork of the same frequency, setting it inmotion. This is often done bymounting the tuning forksonwoodenboxes tohelpushear the sound. If youlistenclosely,youcanhearthetuningforkthathasnotbeenstruckputtingoutasoundasaresultofresonancewiththestruckone.

Everythingintheuniversevibratesandeverythingalsohasitsownresonantfrequency.Thisincludesthechairyoumaybesittingon,thepagesofthisbook,and,ofcourse,yourownbody.Everyorgan,bone,tissue,andeverypartofyourbodyisinastateofvibrationandhasitsownresonance.Everypartofyourbodyis putting out a sound that is contributing to creating an overall harmonic ofhealth. Our body is like a wonderful orchestra with each section playing the

propernotesforwhatcouldbecalledthe“SuiteoftheSelf.”Thisisanalogoustoaconditionofhealth.Infact,whenweareinastateofgoodhealth,wecallthis“sound”health.

However,whathappenswhenthesecondviolinplayerloseshissheetmusic?Hebeginstoplayoutofkey,outoftune,outofrhythmandharmonywiththerestoftheorchestra.Thisisanalogoustotheconditionofdisease.

Thebasicprincipleofsoundhealingaswellasanyvibrationalmedicine isthis: to restore the correct vibratory resonance to that part of the body that isvibratingoutofharmony.Tocontinuewithourmetaphor, it isgivingback thecorrectsheetmusictothesecondviolinplayerwhohaslosthismusic,sohecanagainplayintunewiththeorchestra,thatis,ourhumanbody.

Fig.2.2.Wavesofonetuningforksettingtheothertuningforkintoresonance

This basic principle of sound healing can be applied in numerousways tosituations in our lives, whether the situation is that a portion of our body isvibratingoutofharmonyandmanifestingdisease,oraportionofourpsycheisout of tune with ourselves or others and is manifesting dysfunctionalrelationships.Justaswecanusesoundtorestorethesheetmusictothatviolinplayer,wecanusesoundtohealallaspectsofbeing.

Throughtheuseofsoundhealingtechniquesitispossibletoexaminemanyaspectsofourexistence,andcometonewunderstandingsaboutthewaywelive.Wecanenhanceourdaily lives.Thesimple lawsofphysicssuchasresonancethat dictate how sound waves operate can also mirror aspects of our lives.AncientmysticswhocreatedtheHermeticphilosophyencodedtheseprinciplesofsoundandvibrationwithstatementslike,“Asabove,sobelow,”realizingthatthevibrationsofasimplestringmirroredmanyuniversalprinciples.

The waveform phenomenon of sound can be observed throughout life—everythingiscyclicalandhaspulsationsjustlikesound.Ourseasons,ourdays,evenourbreath,demonstrateperiodicity—thecyclicalnatureofwaves.Thenexttime you’re caught in a huge traffic jam, realize that you’re at the peak of atrafficwaveform,andwhenitseemslikethere’snooneelseontheroad,you’reattheoppositeendofthiswave.Wavesgoupanddown,justliketheocean.

Awarenessofthewaveformphenomenaoflifecanbehelpful,particularlyifyouareundergoingacalamitousepisodeinyourlife.Ifwerememberthatwhatwe’re going through is part of a wave, temporary and not permanent, thisknowledgecanhelpinstressfultimes.

CYMATICSThisword“Cymatics”meanswaveformphenomena.ItisfromtheGreekwordkyma, which means waves, and was used to describe the experiments of atwentiethcenturySwissmedicaldoctornamedHansJenny.Dr.Jennytookmanydifferentmaterials(pastes,plastics,liquids),putthemonasteelplate,andthenvibrated the platewith sound.He found that these lifeless blobs of plastics ormoundsofpasteswould takeon themostharmoniousand lifelikeformswhenvibratedbysound.AmongthehundredsofphotographstakenbyDr.Jennyarepicturesthatlookorganic,somelikehumanorgansandotherslikemicroscopiclife; in reality, they are of inorganicmaterials that looked like lifeless shapesmomentsbeforetheywereexposedtosound.

Fig.2.3.Cymaticspictureofpowderbeingvibratedandshapedbysound.ImagetakenfromCymatics:AStudyofWavePhenomenonandVibration(combinedvols.IandII)byDr.Hans

Jenny.©2001MACROmediaPublishing.Usedbypermission.

Thephotographsofhisexperimentsarebreathtaking in theirbeautyand inthe exquisite truth they expound—that sound creates form.While these formsmay not be “alive,” they certainly look lifelike, appearing similar to cells indivision or underwater sea life. These Cymatics experiments clearly echo theprinciple of “In the Beginning” that we have been discussing—sound as thefundamentalcreativesource.

Figure2.3showsoneofDr.Jenny’sCymaticsphotographs.Beforethesound

resonated theplate, powderwas scatteredhaphazardly around;once the soundbegan to vibrate the plate, the powder organized itself into the mostextraordinaryofshapes.

ENTRAINMENTAnother vitally important aspect of sound is called entrainment. ChristianHuygens,aDutchscientist,discoveredthisintheseventeenthcentury.Hehadaroom full ofgrandfather clockswithpendulums.Thesependulumclocksweredifferentsizesandshapes.Oneday,hesetthemallinmotionatdifferenttimesand then left the room.When he returned the next day, he found that all theclockswere locked in step—entrained—with themovements of the largest ofthesependulumclocks.

Just as the pendulums of the clocks changed their rhythms to match thelargest clock, so we are constantly being affected and changing our rhythmsthroughencounteringvibrations.Ourbodieshavemanyrhythms.Ourheartrate,pulse rate, andbreathing rate are all examplesof this. In fact, ourbrainshavepulsationsandrhythms thataremeasured incyclespersecond, just likesoundfrequencies.

BRAINWAVESOur brain waves pulsate and oscillate at particular frequencies that can bemeasured likesoundwaves incyclespersecondorHertz (Hz).Thereare fourbasicdelineationsofdifferentbrainwavestatesbasedonthecyclespersecondofthebrain

Beta waves, 14 to 20 Hz, are found in our normal waking state ofconsciousness. Betawaves are presentwhen our focus of attention is onactivitiesoftheexternalworld.Alphawaves,8to13Hz,occurwhenwedaydreamandareoftenassociatedwithastateofmeditation.Alphawavesbecomestrongerandmoreregularwhenoureyesareclosed.Thetawaves,4to7Hz,arefoundinstatesofhighcreativityandhavebeenequatedwithstatesofconsciousnessfoundinmuchshamanicwork.Thetawavesalsooccurinstatesofdeepmeditationandsleep.

Deltawaves,0.5to3Hz,occurinstatesofdeepsleeporunconsciousness.Some of the newer brain wave work indicates that a state of deepmeditationproducesdeltawavesinconsciousindividuals.

Notonlyarethereobservableandverifiablerhythmsinourbody,buttheserhythmscanbe influencedbysound.The fact thatourbrainwaves,aswellasournervoussystems,canbeaffectedbysoundwillbeofmajorsignificanceaswe begin to understand and explore the connection between sound, and ourrelationshiptoourselvesandeachother.

Jonathannamedthisphenomenonofsoundbeingabletocreateentrainment“sonicentrainment.”Hisgroundbreakingresearchpaperonthissubjectwasfirstpresented at the international Society for Music Medicine in 1989. The term“sonicentrainment”isnowfrequentlyusedinpsychoacoustics,thestudyofhowsound affects our nervous system; we discuss sonic entrainment later in thisbook.For themoment, simplycontemplate the fact that soundcanchangeournervoussystemsandbrainwaves.Theimplicationsareastounding.

SOUNDASENERGYWeliveinaworldsaturatedwithsound.Fromstereostostreetnoises,talkingontelephonestothehumofrefrigerators,soundisallaroundusandisaffectingus.Most of us regard sound as simply something that goes into our ears andsomehowgetstransformedintoasignalthatendsupinourbrain,allowingustohear. This is certainly true—sound waves travel our auditory pathways,producingsignalsthatultimatelymakeittothepartofourbrainthatprocessesthesesignals.Wedoindeedhearsound.Whatfewpeoplerealizeisthattheauralexperiencenotonlyallowsustohear,italsoaffectsnearlyallthecranialnerves,inparticular, thetenthcranialnerve.Thisnerveaffectsthelarynx,thebronchi,theheart,andthegastrointestinaltract.Thussoundsaffectourvoice,breathing,heartrate,anddigestion.

In addition, few realize that sound is an energy that affectsmore than ourears and our ability to hear. “Ultrasonic beams can make, break or rearrangemoleculesandlevitateobjectsinmidair.”Pleasereadthatlastsentenceagain—itcame from theFebruary8,1988,Sciencesectionof theprestigiousnewspapertheNewYorkTimes.Soundhastheabilitytorearrangemolecularstructure.

Wearetalkingaboutanenormouslypowerfulandprofoundenergythatcan

do extraordinary things. Imagine the ability to rearrange molecules, and thenenvisage the implications. Realize what enhancing our personal lives throughreducing stress, instillingcalmness, andheighteningconsciousness through thefocuseduseof soundcando.Begin to contemplatewhat itwouldmean ifwelearnedtousesoundtorearrangemolecularstructure.

The ability of sound to influence and affect each of us is of paramountimportanceaswecontinueonourjourney.Inordertounderstandmoreofhowsoundworks, let us examine in the next chapter the vibrational nature of thebody.

3THEBODYVIBRATIONAL

IFWEASKWHERETHEBODYENDS, somewould probably answer, ourskin.Nodoubttenortwentyyearsagothiswouldhavebeenatypicalresponse.Butnowadays,withtheawarenessofancientsystemsofhealingandmeditation,many understand that the physical body is just one of numerous energeticsystems that exist and interrelate with each other. There are other vibratingfields, often called the subtle bodies, layered over the physical body. Thesesubtlebodieshaveenergyfieldsthatvibrateatdifferentrates.It is throughoursound practices that we’ll be resonating and shifting these energies. This is amajorkeyinworkingwiththetantraofsound.

KnowledgeofthesesubtlebodiesfirstmanifestedthousandsofyearsagointheancientmysteryschoolsofIndia,Egypt,China,andTibet.Theunderstandingofourbodiesasbeingcomposedofdifferent,interfacingenergeticfieldsisoneofthecoreconceptsoftheesoterictraditionsfoundthroughouttheworld.Theseenergybodiesmakeupwhatiscalledtheaura,awordmeaning“atmosphere”or“light.”Itisawordusuallydefinedasamultidimensionalenergyfieldmadeupoftheemanationsofeachofthesubtlebodies.

Differentesoterictraditionshavespecialnamesforthesubtleenergybodiesaswellastheirparticularattributesanddescriptions.Whiletherearedifferencesinthespecificsofeachofthesesubtlebodies,mostsourcesareinagreementthatthesebodiesbecomedenserandmoresolidifieduntiltheyendwiththephysicalbody.Themostcommondescriptionsofthesebodiesareasfollows:

1. Physicalbody:Assuggested,itendsattheskin.2. Etheric body: This layer extends outward from the physical body for

several inches and appears to provide a matrix of form for the physicalbody. This seems to be the energy field that many healers utilize. It isregardedastherepositoryoftheuniversallifeforce(calledchi,ki,prana,

orgone,vayu,ruach,andothertermsinvarioustraditions).Awoundonthephysical bodywill appear as a disruption in the etheric body. Frequently,treatingthisdisruptionwillhelphealthephysicalbody.Clairvoyantsoftendescribe the etheric body as being a grayish-white color, consisting of amatrixoranetworkoflinesrepresentingenergy.

3. Emotionalbody: This body houses our feelings and emotions, likes anddislikes, sensual enjoyment and aesthetic appreciation. It can extendoutwardbetweensixinchesandafootormorefromthephysicalbody.Thissubtle layer is theplacewhereemotionallycreated thought formssuchasfear seem to exist. Clairvoyants are able to sense past traumas here.Frequently, trapped emotional trauma will lead to imbalances in thephysical body, and healers who work here are able to release theseblockages and restore balance to the physical and emotional bodies. Theemotional body is seen as full of ever-changing colors, which oftenrepresentthepredominantemotionalcharacteristicsofapersonatanygivenpointintime.Anangryperson,forexample,mighthaveapredominanceofred.

4. Mental body: This body houses the principles of the mind and ourthoughts.Itisanenergyfieldthatbeginsapproximatelyonefootfromthephysical body and extends an additional foot from there. It reflects theactivity of the conscious and subconscious mind. This is where mentalconstructs and our belief systems exist. Thought forms derived from ourintellect—our mind and mental processes—get lodged here, particularlybelief systems thatmaynotbeofbenefit toour lives andhealth.Healerswill often work on the mental body, sometimes dissolving the thoughtforms that manifest these imbalanced energies on the physical body. Bydissolving these thought forms from the mental body, such energy workwillthenhealthephysicalproblem.Thementalbodyisfrequentlyseenasyellow.

5. Astral body: This body contains a blending of emotional and mentalimages,with some spiritual attributes aswell. It is an energy field foundapproximatelythreefeetfromthephysicalbodyandextendsfromthereforanotherfoot.Itisoftenperceivedasthebodythatpeopleutilizeforout-of-bodyexperiences(OBEs),alsoknownasastraltraveling.Thusitseemstobeable to separate from thephysicalbodyand travel tohigher realmsofconsciousness.Somesuggestthatitdoesnotcontainthecompleteessenceofourbeingand thus is limited to the levelsofconsciousness towhich it

cantravel.Aswithallthesubtlebodies,thefartherfromthephysicalbody,the less dense, more subtle, and more refined the vibration. Thus thefrequencyoftheastralbodyismorerefinedthanthepreviousbodieslisted.Note: Some sources place this body between the etheric body and theemotionalbody.

6. Causalbody: This body houses ourmemories from this and other lives.This energy body is found about four feet from the physical body andextends an additional foot from there. It is in this layer of subtle energywhere many psychics can read past-life experiences from the Akashicrecords.Suchexperiencescanaffectactionsandexperiencesinourpresentlifetimes.Thecausalbodyoperatesatatranscendentlevelofbeingandisextremelyfineinitsvibratoryessence.

7. Spiritualbody:Thisbodyencompassesallofourspiritualbeing.Itistheleast dense andmost subtle of all these energetic bodies. It serves as thebodyofthehigherself,orthetotalityofouressence.Thisenergybodymayextendseveralfeetfromthecausalbody—somesuggestevenfarther.Thusour subtle bodies, particularly the higher vibratory bodies, are constantlyinterfacing and interacting with others’ subtle bodies. Thesemultidimensional, psychospiritual energy fields create waveforms ofconsciousnessthatareapartofthetantra,thewebofexistencethatunitesandunifiesusall.

Thenames,aswellastheorder,ofthesesubtlebodiesmayvary,dependingon the metaphysical tradition describing them. The awareness of these subtlebodies,aspreviouslystated,hasexistedfor thousandsofyearsand is foundinesoteric traditions around theglobe.Shamans and spiritual teachers alikehavetaughtandutilizedthesebodiesforhealingandtheevolutionofconsciousness.They are the basis of many healing methods including Ayurveda, Tibetanmedicine,andacupuncture.

Fig.3.1.Thesubtlebodiesextendoutwardfromthephysicalbody.

IntermsofWesternscienceandmedicine,thesubtlebodyenergysystemhasyettobesufficientlyverified.Thisdoesnotmeanthesubtlebodiesdonotexistbut rather that the scientific instrumentation to measure and record themproperly has not yet been invented, at least to the satisfaction ofmost of thescientificcommunity.Littlemorethanonehundredyearsago,neitherX-raysnoratomic particles were established scientific fact. Nor, for that matter, was theexistenceofthegorilla.Today,knowledgeoftheexistenceofX-raysandatomicparticles, aswell as theiruse in scientific andmedicalwork, is commonplace.Gorillashavealsobeenproventobereal.

Nodoubtwhen the scientific technologyhasdeveloped to thepointwherethevibratorynatureofthehumanbeingcanbemeasured,knowledgeofenergysystemswillbecomequitecommonplace. In the1940s,SemyonandValentinaKirlianbeganexperimentinginRussiawithphotographicplatesexposedtohigh-frequencyelectricalfields.Theyobservedthatwhenasubjectplacedhisfingeror hand on the plate, some unknown substance appeared surrounding thephysical part, oftenvarying inbrightness, depth, and size.They alsoobservedcorrelations between the health and vitality of the subject and this unknownsubstance. The Kirlians believed that they had found verification of the aura,longclaimedtobevisibletopsychics.

Much experimentation since that time has been conducted with Kirlianphotography,aswellaswithotherinstrumentationtodetectandcorroboratetheexistence of the subtle bodies. Work to measure these subtle energiesscientificallyisevennowbeingconductedinmanylaboratories throughout theworld.Organizations such as the International Society for theStudy of SubtleEnergy and Subtle Energy Medicine meet each year and share cutting-edgeknowledgeofthebodyvibrational.Newinstrumentationisbeingdevelopedthatwill one day record the different vibrations of the subtle bodies in a manneracceptable to Western scientists. We applaud the progress that is slowlyoccurring in this area and look forward to thedaywhendoctorswill not onlylookatX-raysandMRIs(magnetic resonance imagingscans),butsubtlebodyscansaswell.

Perhaps one of the reasons for the difficulty of scientifically proving theexistenceofthesebodiesisthefactthatthevibrationsthatcomposethedifferentenergybodiesaresaidtocomefromadivinesource.Thisenergytransduces(orchanges frequency) througheachenergy level,becoming lesssubtle, slower infrequency, anddenser in vibrationuntil, at last, it becomesour physical body.Weseemtobefairlyadeptatmeasuringthosethingsthatmanifestasphysical,butmeasuringthesubtleenergieshasproventobemuchmoredifficultforus.

An interestinganalogycanbe foundwith sound.As stated in thepreviouschapter,ourearscanonlyhearsoundsthattravelbetween16Hz(veryslowanddeep)to16,000Hz(veryfastandhigh).Therefore,formostofus,anysoundsabove this levelareundetectable tousas sound.Thoseofyouwhohavedogsandhaveblowndogwhistlesknow thatour limitationswith regard tohearingsoundsdonot stopanimalswithgreaterhearing fromperceiving them,nordothey negate the reality that these higher pitched sounds exist. Thus ourlimitations of hearingmay be likened to our inability to detect frequencies ofenergythatcreatetheenergyandfieldsofenergyaroundthebody.Whetherornotwecandetectthisenergy,itstillexists.

Ofcourse,noteveryonehearsexactlythesame.Somepeoplecanhearabove16,000Hz,andsomepeoplecanseebeyondournormalrangeofvision,beingabletoactuallyseethesubtlebodyenergyandtheauricfields.Manypeoplecanlearntosensethedenserlevelsoftheaura.SinceJonathancomesfromafamilyofmedicaldoctors(grandfather,father,andbrotherareallphysicians),hefoughtfuriouslytodenythiswhenhewasfirstintroducedtotheideaofsubtleenergy.Thiswasnearlythirtyyearsago,butanursewhowasteachingaworkshopontherapeutic touch was patient with him. Finally, to Jonathan’s amazement, he

wasabletodetectenergyoutsidethephysicalbody.Helearnedhowtoassistinbalancingthisenergywithhishands.

Atthetime,Jonathanwasplayinginarock-and-rollbandandhecamebackfrom thisworkshop in therapeutic touchachanged individual.Hewalked intoband practice the next day and said hello to everyone. The bass playercomplainedofbeingsick.Jonathanranhishandinfrontofthebassist,keepingabouttwoinchesawayfromthephysicalbody.Itlookedlikehewasjustrunninghishandsthroughtheair.ButthenJonathansaidtothebassplayer,“Hmm...sore throat, huh?” The bassist’s mouth dropped open in amazement, saying:“Howdidyouknow?”Jonathanthensmoothedout thedisruptionandthebassplayerfeltbetter.

Andifirstbecameawareoffeeling“energy”in1972whenshewastakingaclass on healing at the Atlanta Institute of Metaphysics in Georgia. She waspracticingsomeofthehealingtechniquesbeingtaughtwithapartnerwhohadabadheadache.Shebeganusingherhandstosoothetheethericfieldaroundherpartner’s head, neck, and shoulder area. To her amazement, after about fiveminutesofconcentratedfocus,theperson’sheadachebegantodissipate.Itwasatthatmomentthatshebegantograspthepowerinherentintheuseofenergyforhealing.

In fact, our ability to transmit and receive energy is somethingwe can alllearntoworkwithnaturallyandeffectively.Deepinsomesubconsciouspartofourselves,weknowthatwecanassistwith thisenergyevenbysimplyputtingourhandonaplacethathaspain.Frequently,ifwehaveenoughtraining,wecanrelievethepain.It’sactuallyverysimple.

The following exercisewill begin to help you develop your ability to feelsubtleenergy.

ExperimentingwithSubtleEnergy1.Rubyourhandsbrisklytogetherforafewseconds.Thenslowlypullyourhandsapartand

begin moving them near each other in circular patterns. You’ll probably sense a tinglingsensationinyourhands.

2.Moveyourhandsclosetoeachotherandthenfartheraway.Seehowfaryoucanmoveyourhandsapartbeforeyoustopfeelingthetinglingsensation.

3.Ifyou’rewithapartner,dothiswiththem.Rubyourhandstogetherandthenholdthemafewinchesinfrontoftheotherperson’shands.Seeifyoucanfeeltheirenergy.

4.Haveoneofthepartnersclosetheireyeswhiletheothermovestheirhandsinfrontandthenaway.Thepartnerwithclosedeyestriestotelliftheycanfeeltheenergy.

Thisisanexcellenttechniqueforlearningtofeeltheauricfieldofanother.You’llbeamazedathow frequently accurate you bothwill be, even at the beginning. This, incidentally, is your firsttantric exercise because as soon as you start dealing with sensing and working with energy,you’redealingwithtantra.

What is most important with regard to our understanding about the bodyvibrationalisthatitinvolvesafeedbacksystem.Ifyoucaninfluencetheenergybody,youcaninfluencethephysicalbody,andifyoucaninfluencethephysicalbody,youaffecttheenergybody.Thisishowenergymedicineworks.It’swhyJonathanwasabletofeelthesorethroatofhisbassplayeratbandpracticethosemany years ago. And why Andi was able to effect the dissipation of theheadacheofthepersoninherhealingclass.WhatJonathanfeltashemovedhishandthroughtheotherperson’senergyfieldwasadisruptioninthethroatarea.Somethingdidnotfeelsmoothandwasvibratingoutofease—itfeltdifferent.ThatwashowJonathanknewitwasasorethroat.

Frequently,onecanworksolelyontheenergybodiesandbringaboutrapidand amazing healings on the physical body. This is the basis ofmuch energymedicine,includingsoundtherapy.Aswewillsoondiscover,usingsoundwiththe physical and subtle bodies can enhance healing and balance and increaseself-awareness and enhanced consciousness. It can assist us in feeling theconnectednesswiththeweboflife.

THECHAKRASWe have described the different subtle bodies and stated that these differentbodiesallvibrateatdifferentfrequencies,becomingdenserandslowerthecloserweactuallygettothephysicalbody.

Thesebodiesall representdifferentenergies;what theyhave incommonisthechakrasystem.

Theword chakra is Sanskrit andmeans “wheel,” Chakras are sensed andseenasspinningdiscsorwheelsofenergy.Therearesevenmainchakraslocatedverticallyalongthecenterofthebody.Chakrasarevorticesofvibration,placeswheretheenergyfromsubtlebodiesbecomesdenseranddenseruntilthisenergymanifests in the physical body.As the chakras becomemore dense, they first

becometheacupuncturemeridiansandpointsbeforemanifestinginthephysicalbody. In theHindu tradition, thenadis, or “subchakras”as they’re sometimescalled,areseeminglyidenticalwiththeacupuncturepoints.

Chakrascanbeseenaslight,feltasvibration,andheardassound,and,aswehavementioned,theyareperceivedthroughtouch.Soafteryouhavelearnedtosense subtle energy with your hands, if you then move your hand from thelowest part of your body to above the head, you will begin to feel sevenpulsatingareasofenergy.Thesearethechakras.

Asstated, the sevenmainchakrasare locatedcentrallyalong the frontandback of the body. They are focal points of manifestation for the energy thatmakes up the subtle body. Here are their locations (as well as their Sanskritnamesandtheirattributes):

1.Thebasechakra(Muladhara)islocatedinthepelviccavity,atthebaseofyourspine.Itisassociatedwiththeelementofearth.Theadrenalglands,activated during fight-or-flight conditions, are frequently linked to thischakra.Itisrelatedtotheenergyofgroundingandsurvival.Thischakraismostoftendescribedasdeepredincolor.

2.Thesacralchakra(Svadhisthana)islocatedaboutthreeinchesbelowthenavel.This chakra is associatedwith the sexual organs, gonads, and theelement ofwater. It is related to the life energy of reproduction and theenergyofcreativity.Thischakraisfrequentlydescribedasorangeincolor.

3.Thenavelchakra(Manipura) is locatedaroundthenavel.Thischakraisassociatedwith thedigestiveorgans,pancreas, stomach,gallbladder, andthe element of fire. Power, self-mastery, self-esteem, and intuition areattributes of this chakra. The color yellow is often associated with thischakra,

4. The heart chakra (Anahata) is located in the center of the chest. It isassociatedwith theheart,blood, respiratoryandcirculatorysystems,andalsowiththeelementofwind.Thisisthechakraofloveandcompassionand issaid tobe thechakrafromwhichallhealingoriginates. It ismostfrequentlyvisualizedwiththecolorgreen.

Fig.3.2.Thesevenchakrasandtheirapproximatepositions

5.Thethroatchakra(Vishudda)islocatedatthethroat.Itisassociatedwithorgansofspeechandhearing,ourvocalapparatusandourears,aswellaswiththethyroidgland.Itisrelatedtotheelementofether,orspace.Thisis the chakra of communication and self-expression. The predominantcolorseenforthischakraislightblue.

6.Thebrowchakra(Ajna)islocatedabouthalfaninchaboveandbetweenthe eyebrows. Popularly known as the “third eye,” this chakra isassociatedwiththebrain,andoftenwiththemasterglandoftheendocrinesystem, the pituitary gland. It is primarily related with the attributes ofimagination,psychicability,andtheseekingofGod.Itisthe“innereye”ofwisdomandisfrequentlyseenasindigoincolor.Itissaidthatoncethischakraisawakened,onemeetsone’sDivineSelf.

7.Thecrownchakra(Sahasrara)islocatedatthetopofthehead.Itissaidtocontroleveryaspectof thebodyandmindand isassociatedwith fullenlightenment and union with God. This chakra is rarely fully opened,exceptincasesofveryhighspiritualbeings.Thehalothatsurroundstheheads of saintly beings in spiritual paintings is the representation of an

activatedcrownchakra.Thischakraisfrequentlyseenasviolet,aswellasgoldenlight.

Themostimportantthingsaboutthechakrasare:

1. Theycanbeperceivedthroughtouch,sight,orsound.2. They are influenced and affected by our sense of touch, sight, and

particularlysound.3. Theyarethebasisofmuchtantricpractice,affectingourrelationshiptoself

andothers.

Asmentionedearlier,thechakrasaretheinterfacebetweenthesubtlebodies.Asthebodiesbecomedenseruntiltheymanifestinthephysical,sothendoestheenergyofthechakras.Aswelearntoworkwiththechakras,we’llalsolearntoworkwiththeenergyofthedifferentbodies.Thusitisthroughworkingwithourchakras that we can begin to experience balance within us. Throughexperiencing this balance we also become aware of the web of tantra—theinterconnectedness of all things. This balance and alignment will assist increatingpersonalhealthandwellness. Inaddition, it is through resonatingandsoundingthechakrasthatmuchofthedeepintimacyandenergyworkthatwedowilloccur.Soundcanassistusingeneratinginnerbalanceandharmonyandhelpusharmonizewithothersaswell.

In the beginning of this chapter we posed the question, “Where does thebody end?” In truth, the body vibrational, composed of various subtle energybodies including the chakras, may extend many feet away from the physicalbody.Thustwopeoplestandingsomedistancefromeachothercanstillinterfacewitheachotherduetotheirenergyfields.

Throughunderstandinghowtoaffectourchakrasandoursubtlebodiesusingsound, it is possible for us to learn to affect and interfacewith the energy ofsomeone else. This is one of the principles of using sound as tantra. Anextremely important aspect of understanding this phenomenon has to dowithintent,explainedinthenextchapter.

4THEPOWEROFINTENT

BACKINTHELATE1980s,Jonathanhadjustcompletedamaster’sdegreeinindependentstudyfromLesleyUniversityinCambridge,Massachusetts,whichinvolvedresearchingtheusesofsoundandmusicforhealing.Afterhismaster’sthesiswas complete, hebegan turning thismaterial into abook.Hecontinuedamassing information on the relationship between sound and healing and, inparticular,betweensoundandthechakras.Hefounddozensofsystemsthatusedsoundtoresonatethechakras.

Thetroublewasthatallthesesystemswereverydifferentfromoneanother,andnoneofthemseemedtobeinagreement.Onesystemwoulduseaparticularmantratoresonateachakra,andanothersystemwouldusethesamemantratoresonate a different chakra. Or he’d find different mantras from differentteachersthatresonatedthesamechakra.Therewasawidevarietyofsystemsofsoundthatresonatedthechakrasaccordingtothespiritualmaster,theculture,orthetraditioninvolved.Jonathanfoundthisconfusing.

“I knew there had to be a connecting link between these systems, someunderstandingthatexplainedthisconundrum,howdifferentteachersandmasterscouldhavesuccesswithsuchavarietyof sounds,”hesaid.However, itdidn’tmakeanysensetohim.Herememberssittingathiscomputerwithhisheadinhishandsinastateofintellectualangst.Howcouldtherebesomanyconflictingsystems of chakra resonance and sound healing in general that all seemed towork?

Suddenly, heheard avoice say: “It is not only the frequencyof the soundthatcreatestheeffectofthesound.Itisalsotheintentionofthepersoncreatingthesoundthatequallyaffectsthesound.”

He typed out the words “Frequency + Intent = Healing” and as theyappearedonthecomputerscreen,heknewhehadfoundtheexplanationfortheextraordinary variety and difference in sounds used effectively by people for

resonanceandhealing.Tothisday,thisformulacontinuestoworkeffectivelyasanexplanation,givingvaluableunderstandingtothemanyhealersworkingwithsound.

FREQUENCYFrequencyisoneformofmeasurementforsound.Itmeasuressoundthroughitsrateofvibrations(orcyclespersecond).Thereareotherwaystomeasuresoundbesidesfrequency.WeusethewordfrequencyinJonathan’sformula“Frequency+ Intent=Healing” to understand thephysical sound itself. In another relatedformula,“Vocalization+Visualization=Manifestation,”wesubstitutethewordvocalizationforfrequency,andinthisformulaitreferstophysicalsoundthatisvocalized.

Intheformula,“Frequency+Intent=Healing,”healingreferstotheeffector outcome of using the sound. Since this equation was initially included inJonathan’s bookHealingSounds itwas obviously the desired outcome for theuseofthesound.However,astheotherformula,“Vocalization+Visualization=Manifestation”demonstrates,thisoutcomeclearlycanbewhateveronewantstohavemanifestedthroughmakingthesound.

INTENTIntent is the energy behind the sound. It is the consciousness we have whenmakingandprojectingasound.It isour thoughts,visualizations, feelings—theenergy of our consciousness that travels on the sound and is perceivedenergetically by the person receiving (hearing) the sound. Many years ago,Steven Halpern, a healing music pioneer, wrote: “Sound is a carrier wave ofconsciousness.”Thisisanotherwayofdescribingtherelationshipofsoundandconsciousnessandabasisforusingintention.

To the ancients, soundwas not only an energy formor a power, itwas inmanyrespectsadirect representationof theDivine.Assuch,soundwasgiventhe respect and reverence of divine forces. Sadly, this understanding of thepowerofsoundhasbeenlostuntilrecently,andwithit,thepowerofintent.

Byprojectingintentionintothesound,differentexperiencesandeffectscanbecreated.Thustwopeoplecanpotentiallycreatethesamesoundwithdifferentintentions, and manifest two different effects. One could make a sound andprojecthealingenergyintoit,whileanothercouldmakethesamesoundwiththe

oppositeeffect,dependingontheintention.Fromourperspective,intentmaybethemostimportantandpowerfulpartoftheformula.

If frequency (or vocalization) is the physical counterpart of sound, thenintent (or visualization) is the spiritual counterpart of the sound, and togethertheycreatetheoutcomeofthesound(thehealingorthemanifestation).

Frequency of course is easy to demonstrate. In fact, almost any physicalaspectofsound(suchasitssoundenergyordecibellevel,whichishowloudorsoftasoundis)canbeeffectivelymeasuredwithscientific instruments. Intent,however, is a bit more difficult to measure, This is, if you like, akin to thedifficulties we currently have measuring the chakras and the subtle body.However,withtheuseofkinesiologywecanbegintomeasureintention.

KINESIOLOGYKinesiologyisamethodofmuscletestingthatallowsapractitionertodeterminethestrengthsandweaknessesoforgans,bones,acupuncturemeridians,eventhechakras, in relationship to different substances such as foods or drugs. It caneven be used to check whether a sound is beneficial for us. The practice ofkinesiologyisnowflourishinginmanyholistichealthcommunities,utilizedbyarange of practitioners from chiropractors to medical doctors. In fact, severalwell-known medical doctors, including Dr. John Diamond and Dr. DavidHawkins,havewrittenonthesubject.

Withkinesiology,whenyourbodyencounters a substance thatmaynotbegoodfor it (for instance, sugar),yourmusclesareweakened.Whenyourbodyencounters a substance that is good for it (for instance, a piece of organicallygrownfruit),yourmusclesbecomestrong.Whileanymusclecanbeused,manykinesiologicalpractitionersusethedeltoidmuscleofthearmfortesting.Ifyouheld some sugar in your hand and extended your arm out horizontally, yourdeltoid muscle would become weakened if sugar is not good for you, and itwouldthenbeeasyforsomeonetopushdownyourarm.However,ifyouheldanorganicallyraisedorangeinyourhand,thismusclewouldbestrengthenedifthe fruit is good for you and it would bemore difficult for someone to pushdownyourarm.

The simplest explanation for this is that substances such as the organicorange have positive, life-affirming energy that strengthens our muscles,physicalbody, and subtlebodies.Substances that arenotgood forus lack life

energy and short-circuit the systems of the body vibrational byweakening us;conversely, substances that are good for us amplify the energy of the bodyvibrational.Notonlyphysical substances,butvariousvibratory forms, suchassound, can also be tested for positive, life-affirming qualities. The followingstorydemonstratestheuseofkinesiologywithregardtothis.

ANEXPERIMENTUSINGKINESIOLOGYYearsago,anexperimentwasdonewithagroupofpeople.Theysatinacircleby the oceanwith a cassette recorder in themiddle of the group. The peoplemeditatedblissfully (and silently),projecting loveonto the soundof theoceanthatwasthenbeingrecorded.Next,anewcassettewasputin,therecordbuttonpressedandthistimetheygeneratedanger.Notawordwassaidasthesoundoftheoceanwas recorded.Finally, thegroupof people left the area and just thesoundoftheocean,withoutanyonearound,wasrecordedontoathirdcassette.

Thentherealworkbegan.Askilledpractitionerofkinesiologymuscle-testedpeopleastheylistenedtothesoundsoftheoceanoneachofthethreecassettes.Three separate tests were conducted for each of the three tapes, which allsoundedthesame.Nooneknewwhichtapetheywerelisteningto,noteventhekinesiological tester. It was just the sound of the ocean. But the results wereradicallydifferent.

First,therecordingoftheoceanwithoutanyonearoundmadepeoplestrong.Asyoumightexpect,thesoundsofnaturearenurturingtoourbody,mind,andspirit,andindeedthiswastruewiththekinesiologicaltestingthatday.

Second, the recording of the ocean with people blissfully projecting lovemadepeopletestevenstronger.Itwasremarkablehowpowerfulthissoundwasfor the people being tested. They became rock solid while this ocean soundplayed.

Finally, the recording of the “angry ocean,” the one into which peopleprojected anger, produced different kinesiological results, although it soundedlike theotherocean recordings.People testedweak.Thedifference,ofcourse,wastheintentionofthepeopleinfusingthesound.

Thusyoucan take the samesound,project twodifferent intentionson thatsound, and the outcome of that soundwill be different. Or you can take twodifferentsounds,putthesameintentiononthosesounds,andtheoutcomecanbethesame.Thisexplainshowtherecanbesomanypeopleworkingwithsounds

that are very different and yet having similar results—their intentions are thesame.Thus,Frequency+Intent=Healing.

Wefind that thisprincipleusing frequencyand intent isespecially true forpeople self-creating vocalized sound. Depending on the visualization used, apersonisoftenabletomanifestherdesiredintentionusingvocalizedsound.Thisphenomenonofverifyingvisualizationis,ofcourse,moredifficulttovalidate—evenusingkinesiology.Forthis,wemustdependonthesubjectiveaccountsofpeoplewho report to uswhat they have experienced.However, if one personknowshow toproject energyonto a sound, andanotherpersonknowshow toconsciously perceive this energy, they could reportwhat they experience, andverifytheequationVocalization+Visualization=Manifestation.

Forexample,oneperson,mightmakethesoundOHatthefrequencyof256Hz (a C note) while visualizing peace and the color purple, and the personreceiving this sound feels peace and purple. Another person might make thesound EEE at the frequency of 384 Hz (a G note) and project the samevisualization of purple and peace; it can still be received even though it is acompletelydifferentsound.Ortwopeoplemightmakethesamevowelsoundatthe same frequency, but project two different energies onto the sound. Thepersonreceivingthesoundcanperceivethesedifferentenergies.Thishasbeenour experience year after year, working with many psychics and spirituallyattunedpeople.

FEELINGRecently,theimportanceofthefeelingthatisprojectedontosoundhascometoourattention.Thisisanotheraspectofintentionalizedsound,andratherthantheintentioncomingpurelyfromourmindasathoughtorvisualization,itiscomingfromourheartthroughourfeeling.MuchofthisawarenesshascomeprimarilyfromtheexceptionalworkofspiritualscientistGreggBraden.

In his groundbreaking bookThe Isaiah Effect, he says the most powerfulform of prayer involves not asking for something but being in a state ofappreciation as though it has already occurred. Thus, rather than “Please helpme,”thewords“Thankyouforyourhelp!”seemtobemoreeffective.

Usingprayertoaskforsomething,asinthefirstexample,iscomingfromaconsciousness of the lack of it, and therefore coming from a fear-basedconsciousness.Thesecondphrase,whichinvolves“Thankyou,”comesfroma

state of appreciation, as though that which you are asking for has alreadyoccurred;thereforethiscomesfromalove-basedconsciousness.Thisfeelingofappreciationissimilartobeinginaheartfeltstatecomparabletolove.

Researchers at the InstituteofHeartMath,based inCalifornia,have shownthat this state of appreciation creates a coherent electromagnetic resonancebetweenthebrainandheart.Theelectromagneticfieldgeneratedbytheheartissixty timesgreater than theelectromagnetic fieldof thebrain.Thismeans thatprayerscomingfromtheheartproduceagreaterelectromagneticfieldresponse.Thus prayer created through appreciation seems to be more powerful, as isprayerthatissoundedaloud.

Thereissomethingaboutthevocalizationorsoundingofaprayerthatgivesitmoreenergyandlife thanwhenit issilentlyrecited.Perhapsit’sbecause,asthe ancient mystics told us (and now our modern scientists have validated),everything is in a state of vibration.The fact that audible sound through songand chant has been the major form of prayer in practically every tradition iscertainlyavalidationthatpeoplearoundtheglobehaveintuitivelyknownforalongtimethatsoundisakeytoenhancingprayer.

Whilethisbookisnotspecificallyaboutprayer,bothofusareadvocatesofthepowerofloveandcompassionaspartofthetantricexperience.Webothusesound to project energy, not only to ourselves and each other, but also to theplanet.Weprimarilyprojectthisenergyofloveandcompassionfromtheheart.Certainly, in the work that we do with sound, we utilize all the chakras toresonateandprojectsound.Noonechakraisbetterormoreimportantthantheothers. They are all vital and necessary for our existence. As we note inworkshopsandotherteachingoccasions,projectingenergyfromallthechakrasis ideal.Wedo,however, suggest that if there isonechakrawhere the energycould be most effectively amplified, empowered, and utilized, it is the heart.Kindness, appreciation, and compassion are vital ingredients inmaintaining alovingconnectionwithourselves,others,andtheweboflife.

When two people are focusing their feelings of understanding and loving-kindness toward each other, sounds projected from the heart chakra are oftenfoundtobehighlybeneficial.EventhesimplesoundofAHwiththeintentionoflovebeingprojectedfromtheheartchakracanoftenbringaboutastateofinnerpeace, thusopeningupthechannelsof love.Whensoundingwithapartner,orby oneself, the vibration creates a change in the subtle bodies as well as thephysicalbody.

ENTRAINMENTVERSUSENTERTAINMENTWeareadvocatesofusingsoundasahealingandtransformationaltoolandwebelievethat thereareno“bad”or“wrong”self-createdsounds,aslongastheyareprojectedwith theenergyof love.Somanyofushadanexperience inouryouth when someone (perhaps a well-meaningmusic teacher) told us to singquietlyormaybejustmouththewords.Howmanyofusarestillsearchingfortheproverbialbucketthatwecanusetocarryatunein?

WithregardtoChakraFrequencies,noneofthismatters.Wearenottalkingaboutusingsoundasatoolforentertainmentandgoingouttosinginanightclubor some other venue. We are writing about the use of sound as a tool forentrainment—to shift and change vibrational rates. With regard to this, theenergy that we project onto the sound— our intent—is a primary aspect onwhichtofocus.Torepeat,ifwecanalwaysusetheintentionoflove,oursoundswillalwaysbeofbenefit.

Jonathanremembersoneofhis laststudiosessions inBostonwhenhewasaskedtorecordversionafterversionofasimpleguitarline.Jonathannormallypreferredtogoinandrecordatrackonthefirstorsecondtrybecausehisenergywasnormallyupbeatandinspirational.Inthiscase,however,theproducerpridedhimselfonhaving“perfectears”andhefoundsomethingwrongwitheverytakethat occurred. Jonathan continued forwhat seemed like hours until he got thepartperfectanditwasacceptableforthisproducer.

WhenJonathanlistenedclosely,hecouldindeedhearthetechnicalperfectionoftheguitarpart.Buthecouldalsofeeltheangerandfrustrationthathadgoneintocreatingthepartandrealizedthat,onsomesubtlelevel,anylistenerwouldalso feel this.One of the things he always does now is tomake sure that theenergyheisprojectingontoanyofhisrecordingsisthebestpossibleandalwaysfilledwith theenergyof love.And ifheever findshimself stressedout in therecordingstudio,heturnshisequipmentoffandthenreturnsonlywhenhefeelsbackinbalance.

The importance of intent, visualization, and feelings cannot be understatedwithregardtothetantraofsound.Thesoundwecreateisobviouslyimportant,andwewillindeedbesharingsomepowerfulsoundswithyouintheupcomingchapters.However, theconsciousnessthatweprojectontothesoundisequallyimportant.Thisissomethingwemustremember.

TheBestTimetoFocusIntentAquestionoftenarisesastowhenisthebesttimetofocusintent.Wesuggest,andmanyothersbelieve,that it isthestillpointbetweenthein-breathandout-breath.It is inthisstillpointthataharmoniouswaveoccursbetweentheheartandthebrain.

Takeabreath,andjustatthatpointafteryouhavebreathedin,asyouaremomentarilyholdingyourbreath,focusathought,animage,orafeeling(itistobehoped,thefeelingoflove)downtoyourheart.Then,whenyoubreatheout,you’llfindthatyourbreathhasbeenencodedwithyourheartconsciousness.It’sthatsimple.

Pleasenote,however,webelievethemorecomfortableandateaseyouareinanyactivityorexercisesuggestedinthisbook,themoreadeptyouwillbeatit.Thuswhilewemaygiveyousuggestions,suchasprojectingintentataparticulartimeinthebreathingcycle,webynomeansarerigid.Wearefluidinourbeliefs.Ifthisorsomethingelsewemaysuggestdoesnotfeelinresonancewithyouorisuncomfortable,pleasefeelfreenottouseit.Rememberthereisno“right”or“wrong”wayofusingsoundtoenhanceyourdeeperconnectionsoflove.

Fluidityseemstobeakeytomaintaininghealthandbalance,andisessentialin terms of tantra. Being rigid constricts energy; being fluid allows energy toflow.Soundisfluid—itconstantlychanges.Thusthemoreflowingandgracefulyoubecomeusingsound,themoreeffectiveyouwillbewithregardtothetantraofsound.

PARTII

BASICPRACTICES

5BREATHANDTONING

BEFOREWEBEGINTHISCHAPTER,pause foramomentand takeaslow,deep breath. Hold your breath for a few seconds and then slowly release it.Perhaps you might do it again. As you do, observe yourself and notice anychangesthatmayoccur.Bytakingafewconsciousdeepbreaths,youhavemaderemarkable changes in your heartbeat and respiration, and even affected yourbrainwaves.

Thescienceofbreathhasbeen thesubjectofmanygreat teachings.Bookshave been written on the subject. It is the basis of many esoteric studies,including that of yoga.There are indeedmanydifferent schools on theproperwayofbreathing.Somebelievethatproperbreathoccursonlythroughthenose.Others believe that through themouth is the onlyway to breathe. Still otherscombinethetwoapproaches.

Breathistheessenceoflife;itissacred.Manyspiritualtraditionsareawareofthis,andtheirwordsforbreathincorporatethisawarenessofthelifeenergyinbreath.This energy is calledprana in theHindu traditions. In theOrient, it isknownaschiorki.IntheHebrewtradition,onewordforbreathisruach,whichis also the same as the word for “spirit.” Wilhelm Reich, Sigmund Freud’sdisciple,called thisenergy“orgone”andspentmanyyears studying itspower.Thisenergygoesbymanydifferentnamesinthevariouscultures,countries,andspiritual paths on our planet. Yet it is the same. It is the energy of life—theenergyofthebreath.

Asyoubreathein,yourbodytakesonachargeofthisenergy.Asyouholdyour breath, your body builds this energy charge.As you release your breath,yourbodyreleasesthischarge.Thisisasimplificationofthescienceofbreath,calledpranayamaintheHindutradition.Yetinitssimplicitythereismuchtruthinthesestatementsaboutbreath,forwhenwefocusourawarenessonthepowerofbreath,wecanregulateandchangeourenergeticbodies.

As briefly discussed in the previous chapter, fluidity is the basis ofmuchhigher spiritual understanding and knowledge.We therefore will not be rigidaboutanyofoursubjects,includingbreath.Webelievethatwhateverworksbestfor you and is comfortable for you should be the usual method of practice,whether it is breathing or making sound. We simply may have helpfulsuggestions.

Focusingyourawarenessonthepowerofbreathisoneofthesesuggestions—not as an overall activity (unless that is appropriate for you), but as anexperience and an experiment in consciousness. To repeat:As you breathe in,your body takes on a charge of energy. As you hold your breath, your bodybuilds this energy charge.As you release your breath, your body releases thischargeofenergy.Itisamazingtobreatheconsciouslyinthismanner,evenifforashortwhile.

There are many variations on the theme of breathing techniques. Somepeople recommend taking an in-breath for four seconds, holding it for fourseconds,andthenreleasingitforfourseconds.Othersrecommendbreathinginfor eight seconds, holding for eight seconds, and releasing for eight seconds.Stillothersbelievethatbreathinginforfourseconds,holdingforeightseconds,andreleasingforfoursecondsisthebestmethod.Wesuggesttakingslow,deepbreathsandexperimentingwiththesesuggestions.Remember,doingwhatfeelscomfortableandappropriateforyouisourruleofthumb.

DIAPHRAGMATICBREATHINGWith regard to taking deep breaths, we suggest that whether you breathe inthroughyournoseoryourmouth, thatyougetyourbreath asdeepdown intoyourlungsandbellyaspossible.Thisiscalleddiaphragmaticbreathing,whichmeanstobreathedownintoyourdiaphragm,thatpartofyourbodyjustbelowyourribcageandlungs(seefigure5.1).If,asyoubreathein,yourribcageandstomach begin to expand, then you are probably breathing in this manner. Itallowsforthegreatestamountofairtoenteryourbody.

Many of youmay remember being shown how to breathe in school, withyourshoulders raisedandyourstomachandribcagefirmandunmoving.Thisapproachtobreathinghasalsobeentaughtinthemilitary.Itisuselessintermsof expanding your air capacity. If you take a deep breath and find that yourshouldersarerising,youaremostlikelynotdoingdiaphragmaticbreathing.Youmayalsofindyourselffeelingtense.Ifthisisthecase,itmightbeusefultolearn

tobreatheinadifferentmanner.Hereisasuggestion:

BreathingPractice1.Lyingonthefloor,putyourhandsonyourstomachandtakeadeepbreath.

2.Asyoubreathein,focusyourintentiononbringingtheairintothedeepestpartofyourlungsandbelly. Imagineyourstomachasaballoon thatyou’reblowingup.Watchasyourbellyrisesasyoubreathein.

Fig.5.1.Thediaphragmislocatedbelowthelungs.

3.Then,breatheoutandfeelyourstomachcontractastheairispushedoutofyourlungs.

4.Dothisagainandagain,untilitbeginstofeelnatural.

Congratulations,youarenowdoingdiaphragmaticbreathing.

Diaphragmatic breathing, incidentally, is a natural way to breathe. If youwatchinfants,you’llseeit’swhattheydo.Sometimesweforgetwhatisnatural,so it’s helpful to be reminded. So we remind you to breathe down into yourstomach. Ifyou’re finding thisdifficult, remember thatyouoncebreathed likethis,whenyouwereababy,andyoucanlearntodoitagain.

Bybreathinginthismanner,youareincreasingthesupplyofoxygentoyourbloodstream, giving all the organs of your body more energy. Slow, deep,breathingnotonlyoxygenatesyourbodyandbrain,butitalsoslowsdownyour

heartrateandbrainwaves,helpinginducecalmandrelaxation.Thisisexcellentforyourhealthasitreducesstress,whichisamajorcauseofdisease.Ifyou’reinterestedinlearningmoreaboutbreathing,werecommendConsciousBreathing(Bantam,1995)byGayHendricks,Ph.D.

As you combine your focused awareness (intention) of the energy of yourbreathwithslow,deepbreathing,youassistyourphysicalandsubtlebodiesbybringingstillgreaterenergyintoyourbody.IntheFarEast,therearesaidtobe“Breatharians,” people whose study of pranayarna has led them to be able toexist solely on the power of their breath. They do not eat, but get theirnourishmentfromtheirbreath.WhileBreathariansnodoubthavepracticedanddevelopedcertainbreathingtechniquesthatmaybeextraordinary,itseemstousthat this is another example of the power of intent; even though theseBreathariansmaybeabletosuperchargetheirbreathwithenergy,andnotneedfood, they are still basically breathing into their lungs. There is no secondaryorgan that has been developed—at least in the physical body—that is used toprocessairdifferently.Theconsciousawarenessandattention/intentionoftheirbreathingseemtobewhatenablesthemtousebreathtosustainthemselves.

Breath is the sourceof life, and it is also the sourceof sound.Youcannotmakesound,atleastanyvocallycreatedsound,withoutbreath.Thusbeforewebegintoworkwithself-createdsoundsandtones,besureyouareabletobreatheasfullyandpowerfullyaspossible.

TONINGThenextexercisesinthischapterfocusonmakingself-createdvocalsounds,ortoning.ThistermwasfirstusedbyLaurelElizabethKeyesinherbookToning(DeVorss,1973).Toningmost frequentlydescribes theuseof elongatedvowelsoundstocreateresonance,harmony,andbalance.It is thebasisforproducingvibrational shifts for health and transformation.A simple and natural concept,toningcanbeapowerfultool.Inrealitywetoneallthetime,whetherit’sayawnwhenwe’retiredoramoanwhenwe’reinpain.Toninghelpsreleasetraumaandblockages. Toning is an excellent tool for resonating our physical and subtlebodies.

Wenowinviteyoutoexperiencethefollowingbasictoningtechnique,whichcangiveyouafeelforusingyourvoicetomakesounds.

ToningAH1.Takeaslow,deepbreathandallowasimpleAHsound to rideonyourout-breath. (Ifyou

like,youcanaddanHandmakeitHAH—whateverworksbetterforyou.)

Let the gentle, relaxed sound emerge from you as you slowly breathe out. For themoment,don’tattempttosingthisAH—simplylet itbecarriedforthonyourbreathsothatit’smoreofasighthananythingelse.

2.Breatheinagainslowlyanddeeply,andthenreleasetheairwhilemakingtheverysoftandrelaxedsound.Whatareyouexperiencingasthishappens?

Tryitagain.Checkyourselfout.What’shappeningasyoumaketheAHsound?

3. Make the gentle AH sound 3 times. Then be in silence for a moment. Observe yourexperience.

4.Aftermaking thisAH sound,make ita fewmore timesuntil you feelcomfortablewith thetoneyouarecreating.

5.ThenslowlybegintoraisethevolumeoftheAH,makingitlouderandmoreaudible.Dothis3times,andthenbeinsilence,checkingyourselfoutwhenyou’vestopped.

SoundingtheAHcanoftenbringaboutastateofinnerpeace,thusopeningupthechannelsoflove. It is a powerful sound, particularly useful for generating compassion, a key to thetransformationofconsciousness.

WHATISTHEAHSOUND?TheAHsoundisasacredseedsyllable.Thisisaprimordialsoundofcreation,and a sacred mantra in many Eastern traditions. It is also a vowel sound—adivinelyinspiredsoundthatisconsideredsacredinmanytraditions.

AgentleformoftheAHsoundisfoundinmanyof thenamesofgodsandgoddesses on the planet, such as Tara, Buddha, Krishna, Yahweh, Yeheshua,Saraswati,Wakantanka, andQuanYin. It is also found inmany sacredwords,such asAmen,Alleluia, andAum.As a seed syllable, theAH is universal andmay be utilized differently in different traditions, depending on its purpose.Accordingtomanymysticaltraditionstheworldover,theAHsoundisoftenthesoundoftheheartchakra.Thischakra,locatedinthecenterofthechest,istheenergycenterassociatedwithlove,compassion,andfeeling.Indeed,whenmanypeople think about the energy of love, they express it as anAH sound.Manyspiritual masters believe that the activation of this chakra is most helpful for

achievinghigherconsciousnessandenlightenment.Mostagreethattheenergyofloveandtheheartistheprimary,essentialenergyoftheuniverse.

ManypeopleagreethattheAHsoundisthefirstsoundthatiscreatedwhenweareborn—thesoundexpressedontheexhalationofthefirstbreath.TheAHsound is often also the last soundwemake, riding on the energy of our finalexhalation. This use of theAH sound may be effective for those involved inhospicework.

In Tibetan Buddhism, there is a co-meditation technique that uses theAHsound.ChantingAHasagroup(orevenjustbreathingtogether)allowspeopletoattuneandresonatewithoneanother.Itseemsthattheheartbeat,respiration,andbrainwaves of twoormore people entrain throughbreathing or soundingAHtogether.

WeoftenrecommendtheAHasasoundforpeoplewhowanttoworkwithmantrasingroups.Thereasonforthis,ashasbeenpreviouslydiscussed,isthatAHisatransformativesound,yetmostpeopleknowofitonlyasavowelsound,andthusitdefiesassociationwithanyspiritualdenominationordescriptionasamantra.WhileothersoundssuchasOMmightberejectedbycertainaudiencesbecausetheyarerecognizedasEasternmantrasorcomingfromanotherspiritualtradition, the sounding of anAH is acceptable by everyone regardless of theirbackground, culture,or religion.Thus it ispossible togetpeople fromaroundtheworld,regardlessofbeliefsystems,tosoundanAH.

We have had exceptional results using the AH sound for “World SoundHealing Day,” a global event that we coordinate each year using sound as avehicle to manifest peace on our planet. People sound forth the AH whilegeneratingtheenergyofappreciationandcompassionandsendingitouttoourplanet.Participantshavereportedtousthattheycanfeelwavesofloverollingthroughtheplanetduringthetimesofthesegroupsoundings,eventhoughmanyofusareseparatedbyhundreds,ifnotthousandsofmiles.

GeneratingCompassionwiththeAHSoundProjectingtheAHsoundwhilefeelingtheenergyofappreciationintheheartareaseemstobeanoutstandingtechniqueforusingsoundtogeneratecompassion.WenowinviteyoutoexploreandexperimentwiththeAHsoundusingthefollowingtechnique.

1.Beginbybreathingslowlyanddeeply,usingdiaphragmaticbreathing.

2.Asyou’rebreathinginthismanner,thinkofsomethingyoufeelappreciativeof,somethingforwhichyouaregrateful.Thinkofsomethingthathasbroughtyoujoyandhappiness.Itcould

beapersonorananimal,perhapsachildoraparentora lovedone,orabelovedpet. Itcould be a place you’ve been; perhaps an image of a beautiful sunrise or a wonderfulmomentatthebeachorsomethingsimilar.Usewhateverimageorthoughthelpsinspireafeelingofappreciationinyou.

3.Asyouarebreathingandfeelingthisenergyofappreciation,begin tosoundAHso that itgently ridesouton thebreath.Make this sound three timeswhile youare in this stateofappreciation.

4.Nowstop foramoment, andcheckyourself out.Whatdoyouobserve?Doyou feel anysensations—perhapsasubtleorgentletingleinthecenterofyourchest?

5.Takeacouplemoredeepbreathsand focusyourattentionso thatasyoubreathe in,youvisualizeyourbreathcomingintothecenterofyourchest.Asyoubreatheout,visualize itexitingthroughthecenterofyourchest.

6.NowaddaverygentleAHsound.Asyouaresounding,feeltheAHsoundprojectingenergyoutwardfromthecenterofyourchest.

7.Take threemorebreathswith theAHsound.Stopagainandcheckyourselfout. If it feelscomfortable,increasethevolumeoftheAH;ifnot,continuemakingthesoundatthesamevolume.

8.AsyoumakethisAHsoundagain,thinkofacolorthatyou’dliketoencodeonthesound.ProjectthisontotheAHsound.Visualizeanycolorthatfeelscomfortabletoyou.

9. If youwish to extendmaking thisAH sound, please do so.Continue feeling this state ofappreciation.Feelyourselfbeingatpeace.

Whenyouhavefinishedthisexercise,beinsilenceforafewmomentstoperceiveanyshiftsand changes that may have occurred. Do you feel different now from when you began thisexercise?Checkyourselfout.Whatdoyouobserve?

There are several components to this exercise: (1) using a deep breathingtechnique; (2) feeling the energy of appreciation; (3) making a sound that iscomfortable for you and experiencing that resonance in your body; and (4)addingcolororothervisualizationsontothesound.

Thisexercise,whilesimple, isbeneficialandtherapeutic.Itcanslowdownyourheartrate,respiration,andbrainwaves.Itevencreatescoherencebetweenyour heart and your brain. It helps reduce stress and produces the beneficialresultsofrelaxation,assistingandenhancingyourwell-being.Ifyouarefeelingout of harmony,making theAH sound in thismanner is effective for helpingcreatebalance.

KEYSTOASSISTYOUOneofthekeystobeingabletodothepreviousexerciseistopractice.Themoreexperienceyouhavecreatingintentionalsound,theeasieritbecomes.Themoreexperienceyouhavefeelingthesoundresonateindifferentpartsofyourbody,theeasieritwillbetodothis.

Another importantkeyis thatwhenworkingwithyourself-createdsounds,one of the most important steps you can take to successfully produce atransformationalandhealingsoundistorememberthattherearenogoodorbad,rightorwrongself-createdsounds.Whenweengagein thesepractices,weareworkingwiththeprinciplesofentrainment(notentertainment).Thereisnoneedfor self-criticism; being nonjudgmental is a key to working successfully withsound.

Also, remember tobeas relaxedaspossiblewhenyouaremaking theAHsound.Projectontothesoundasmuchloveandappreciationasyoucan.Don’tjudge yourself aboutwhether or not you performedwell. Perhaps the greatestsuggestionwecangivetoanyoneworkingwithsoundistobecomea“vehicle”for thesacredsound“Lord,makemean instrument!”Welike to tellpeople inour workshops that when creating sacred sound, you are a vessel, a conduit,becausesacredsoundisnotcomingfromyoubutthroughyou.

SILENCEAFTERSOUNDINGThe importance of silence cannot be overstated. Silence is themost importantplacetobebecausehere thegreatestshiftsandchangesoccurfromthesoundsyouhavejustmade.Honorthesilenceineachexerciseinvolvingsoundgiveninthis book. Always be in silence after making the sounds. Many times whenpeoplefirstbecomeawareofthepowerofsound,theybecomesoinfatuatedbysound that they ignore the importance of sound’s opposite polarity—silence.Pleasehonorthepowerofsilenceaftereachsoundexperienceyouhave.

Silenceallows the sound topenetrate thephysicalbody,making shifts andchangesonmolecular levels,affectingourcells,ourDNA—everything that isphysical.Silencealso enables the frequency shifts inour subtlebody, creatingthespaceforthesoundtopermeateourchakras,aura,andalloursubtlebodies.

BEGENTLEWITHYOURSELF

Perhapstheonly“donot”inthisbookis:Donotstrainyourvoice.Asalways,comfortandfluidityareimportant.Ifyoustrainyourself,whether

it’svocallyor in anyother fashion,you stopyour fluidity andpromote stress,andyoualsoruntheriskofdamagingyourselfphysically.Wedonotsubscribeto the “no pain/no gain” consciousness.Wedo subscribe to the importance ofbeinggentleandlovingwithyourself—self-acceptanceoftheuniqueexpressionoflifethatyouare.

Another observation about sound is that frequently when people firstdiscover itspower, theythinkthatmoreisbetter.This iscommonin theWest,related tomany other things besides sound.Many believe thatmore sound isbetter, or that louder sound is better. Sometimes the most subtle sounds cancreate the greatest changes. We have observed extraordinary frequency shiftsthroughthegentleuseofsoundandthepoweroflove.

Onceagain,weaskthatyoubegingently,regardlessofwhichexerciseyouorapartnerareengagedin.Asyouraiseyoursoundenergyvolume(thedecibellevels,theloudnessofthesound),dothisslowly.Assoonasyoureachanypointofminordiscomfort,youarebeingtooloud.Cutbackonthevolume.Thesameistrueforthefrequencyornoteyoumaybesounding.Don’tstrain.Ifitbecomesdifficulttosoundanotethatmaybepitchedtoohighforyou,makeitlowerinarange that is comfortable for you. Or if the note’s pitch is too low and it’sdifficultanduncomfortableforyoutosound,thenmakeithigher.Dowhateverittakestogetyouintoyourzoneofcomfort.

In the next chapter, we present a more comprehensive technique usingsoundstoawakenandresonateourchakras.

6THESACREDVOWELS

INTHEEASTERNANDTHEWESTERNMYSTERYSCHOOLS,thepowerandsacrednessofvowelshavebeenknownforthousandsofyears.KnowledgeoftheresonationofsacredvowelsoundswiththeenergycentersofthebodyissaidtodatebacktoancientEgypt.

In Sufism, the mystical path of Islam, vowels are understood as divineattributes. In Kabbalah, the vowel sounds are considered the vibrations ofHeaven,whiletheconsonantscontaintheenergyoftheEarth.Betweenthetwo,communicationispossible.ManyKabbalistsbelievethatthetruesacrednameofGodiscomposedsolelyofvowelsounds.

Itcertainlymakessensetousthatifanunderstandingofthechakrasdatesasfar back as the ancient Mystery schools, and an understanding of vowels assacred soundsalsoexistedat about that same time, thenknowledgeofhow tousethevowelstoresonatethechakrasmostprobablyexistedthenaswell.

Aswediscovered in thepreviouschapter, theAH sound isapowerful toolfor resonating the heart center. As mentioned, in many traditions the AH isbelieved to be a sacred seed syllable—one of the primordial sounds ofmanifestation. It isalso, simply,avowelsound.Assuch, it isasound thatwework with in many different groups; it is easy to sound and transcends anyreligioustaboos.

As noted previously, in his early research, Jonathan found many variedsystemsof tonesandfrequenciesusedbydifferentpeople tobalanceandalignthechakras.These systemswerenotnecessarily inagreementwitheachother.RealizingthisledtoJonathan’screationofthe“Frequency+Intent=Healing”formula.

Jonathan,however,foundteacherswhoutilizedvowelsoundstoresonatethechakras that were quite similar. It seemed to Jonathan that while there was asubstantialdifferenceinthefrequenciesandtonesfoundinthevarioussystems

ofchakraresonance,thesimilarityofthevowelsoundstoresonatethechakrasneededtobeexplored.Inaddition,therewasanotherrelationshipofsoundtothehuman body that also needed to be examined: the relationship of the humanbody and potentially the chakras to pitch. Pitch is the subjective term thatcorrelateswithfrequency;weperceive, forexample, therelative“highness”or“lowness”ofasoundintermsofitspitch.

Deep bass sounds resonate the lower part of the body, midrange soundsresonatetheupperpartofthebody,andhigh-pitchedsoundsresonatethehead.Anyonewhohaseverwalkedintoadanceclubwithapoundingbassknowsthatthe area around the belly and belowwill begin to vibratewith the soundof apowerfulbass.

ExperiencingPitchYou can experience the relationship of pitch to your body by making some sounds. Findsomewherecomfortabletositwhereyoucanmakesoundsandnotbedisturbed.Thisisimportantbecausemanytimesitisnecessarytofocusourattentiononthesoundswearecreatinginorderto feel them. It’s alsogood to keep your backas straight as possiblewhenever youare doingsoundingexercises.

Let’sexperimentforamoment.

1.Beginbytakingsomeslowdeepbreathsintoyourbody.

2.Nowverygentlymake the lowestOOO (as in theword “you”) sound that youcanmake.Make this sound 3 times and noticewhat you feel.Where did you feel it? Youwillmostnaturallyfeelthesoundvibratinginyourthroat.

3.Make theOOO soundagain.What do younotice?Are youaware of the sound vibratingelsewhereinyourbody?

Somepeople find ithelpful toput theirhandsgentlyon theirstomachwhen theymakethissound.YoumayfeelatinglingoraslightvibrationinyourbellyareaasyoumakethisOOOsound.Remember, itdoesn’thavetobea loudsound—just let it ridegentlyonyourbreath;createitasaninwardlydirectedsound.ManypeoplecanfeeltheOOOvibratelowerintheirbodywhentheydothis.Initially,somepeoplemayhavedifficultyfeelinganythingatall.Aswehavementionedbefore,thisisnatural.Themoreyouworkwithsound,theeasieritistofeelvibrationsindifferentpartsofyourbody.

4. Nextmake amidrangeAH sound, perhaps just like theAH sound youmade in the lastchapter.MakethismidrangeAHsound3timesandseewhatyoufeel.Whatdoyounotice?Wheredidthesoundresonate?

Youmightwanttoputyourhandslightlyonthecenterofyourchestandseeifyounoticeanysensationsorvibrationsthere.Youwill,ofcourse,noticethesevibrationsinyourthroat,butcheckyourselfouttonoticethesoundinyourchestaswell.

5.Finally,makethehighestpitchedEEEsound(asin“me”)thatyoucanmake.Remembernottostraininanyway.Whatdoyounoticethistime?

If you’re a man and you can create a falsetto voice comfortably, please do so.Sometimes, it’shelpful toaddanNNN sound, so that youare toningNNNEEEE (like theword “knee”).Thisnasalizingcanbeuseful inamplifyingandbringing thesound intoyourhead.

Lightly touch the sides and top of your skull with your fingers as you aremaking thissound.Doyoufeelanyvibrationsinyourheadasyoudothis?Professional singers, particularlyoperaandclassically trainedsingers, can testify to the fact

thatthereisahugedifferencebetweenabodyvoiceandaheadvoice,andtheyaretaughthowtocreateboth.Wementionthissimplytoshowthatregardlessofthemysticismandesotericismofsound,therearedifferentpitchesthatresonatedifferentpartsofthephysicalbody.Theymaynotbe thesamepitches foreveryone,but lowsoundsvibrate the lowerpartof thebody,midrangesoundsvibratethemidandupperbody,andhighsoundsresonatethehead.

WORKINGWITHVOWELSASMANTRASOnce Jonathan understood this, he began combining the vowel sounds withdifferent pitches to determine if they resonateddifferent parts of thebody.Hehad found from reading material on speech pathology that different vowelsounds were said to vibrate specific portions of the body naturally. Wouldcombiningpitcheswiththesespecificvowelsoundsamplifythisresonanceandproduceanoticeableeffect? Indeed itdid. If thedifferentpartsof thephysicalbodycouldberesonatedthroughthiscombinationofvowelsoundsandpitches,then perhaps the chakras related to specific parts of the body could also beresonatedwiththesepitches.Thisidealedtothecreationofanexercisecalled“VowelsasMantras.” In truth,muchof thiswork isbasedonancientmaterialthatmanyofJonathan’scolleaguesalsoworkedwith;hesimplyclarifiedcertainvowelsoundsinrelationshiptothechakrasandpopularizedthisexerciseviahiswritingsandrecordings.

Before we begin, again, here are a few reminders. It is important whenworking with self-created sounds to always do them in a comfortable placewhereyouwillnotbedisturbed.Remembertobreathedeeplyandslowlybefore,during, and after the sounding.When sounding,make sure you are creating agentleandcomfortablesoundandbesureyouarenotstrainingyourvoiceinanyway. It is not necessary to make loud sounds in order to create effectivefrequencyshifts.Asalways,remembertobeinsilenceatthecompletionofthe

exerciseinorderforthesoundtopenetrate,allowingshiftsandchangestooccurinyoursubtlebodiesdowntothephysicalbody.

VowelsasMantras

FirstChakraBegin with anUH sound (as in “huh”) that is the deepest sound you can make. Focus yourattentiononthefirst(root)chakra,locatedatthebaseofyourspine.Visualizethecolorredatthischakra.Closeyoureyeswhileyouaremakingthissound.Focusyourattentiononthelowestpartofyourbodyandprojectyour intentionso thatyouvisualize thesound resonatingbetween thegenitalsandtheanus.Feelthesoundvibratingthatareaand,asitdoes,becomeawarethattheenergycenterassociatedwith thisarea isalso resonatingandbecomingbalancedandalignedthroughyoursounds.MakethisUHsound7times.

SecondChakraNow focus your attention on the second (or sacral) chakra located about 3 inches below thenavel. The vowel sound for this is anOOO sound (as in “you”). Orange will complement thisvisualization.BegintotoneanOOOsound,makingitalittlelessdeepthantheUH,andaslightlyhigherpitch.Thissoundshouldbesoftandgentle,asshouldallthesoundsinthisexercise.Closeyoureyesandnoticewhere the sound is resonating in your body.Focus your attentionon theareaofthesecondchakraandprojectthesoundtothisarea.Asthesoundresonatesthesecondchakra,experiencethisenergycenterbalancingandaligningwiththefirstchakra.MakethisOOOsound7times.

ThirdChakraThethirdchakra,oftencalledthenavelchakra,islocatedaroundthenavel.ThesoundforthisisOH (as in “o”).Thecoloryellowwillcomplementyourvisualization.Begin to toneaverygentleandsoftOHsoundinthemidrangeofyourvoice.Thisshouldbeslightlyhigherinpitchthanthesoundforthelastchakra.Closeyoureyesandnoticewherethatsoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentiononthenavelandprojectthesoundtothisarea.Asthesoundresonatesthisarea,experiencethisenergycenterbalancingandaligningwiththeotherchakras.MakethisOHsound7times.

FourthChakraThevowel sound for theheart (fourth) chakra, located in themiddleof the chest, isAH (as in“father”).AH isoftenasoundwemakewhenweareinlove,andindeedtheheartchakraisthecenterassociatedwith love. Ifyouwishtoaddacolor tocomplement thissound,greenorpinkworksnicely.BegintotoneasoftandgentlemidrangeAHsound,higherinpitchthanforthelastchakra.Becomeawareofwherethesoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentionon theheartchakraandproject thesound there.Asyou resonate theheartcenterwithsound,experiencethisenergycenterbeingbalancedandalignedwiththeotherchakras.MakethisAHsound7times.

FifthChakraThevowelsound for the throat (fifth)chakra, locatedat the throat, isEYE (as in “I”).Acolor tocomplement this sound is light blue.Begin to tone a soft and gentleEYE sound,which is stillhigherinpitchthanthesoundforthelastchakra.Becomeawareofwherethesoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentiononthethroatchakraandprojectsoundthere.Asthesoundresonatesthethroatchakra,experiencethisenergycenterbalancingandaligningwiththeotherchakras.MakethisEYEsound7times.

SixthChakraThevowelsound for the thirdeye (thesixthchakra), located in the foreheadbetween theeyesandslightlyabove them, isAYE (as in “say”).Acolor thatworkswellwith this sound is indigo.Begin to tonea soft andgentleAYE sound higher in pitch than the sound for the last chakra.Closeyoureyeswhilemakingthissoundandnoticewherethesoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentiononthischakraandprojectthesoundtothethirdeyearea.Asthesoundresonates the third eye, experience this energy center aligning and balancing with your otherchakras.MakethisAYEsound7times.

SeventhChakraThevowelsoundforthecrown(seventh)chakra,locatedatthetopoftheheadistheveryhighestEEE(asin“me”)soundthatyoucancreate.Acolortocomplementthischakraispurple.BegintotonethehighestEEEsoundthatispossibleforyoutomake.Formen,itisoftenusefultouseafalsettovoice toachieve this,butmake thesoundsoftandgentle.Closeyoureyesandnoticewherethatsoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentiononyourcrowncenterandproject sound to this area.As your sound resonates the crown chakra, experience this energycenterbeingbalancedandalignedwiththeotherchakras.MakethisEEEsound7times.

At the completion of this exercise (which takes approximately 20 minutes), remember tomaintainaperiodofsilence.Youmayfeel lightheaded,whichistobeexpected.Youhavebeensounding,resonating,andbalancingyourchakras.Theenergyhasmovedupyourspineintoyourhead,andabove.Duringworkshops,we tellourparticipants to take thisopportunityofbeing insilence tohave thatexperience thatwillbe for theirhighestbenefitat thisparticularmoment intheirspiritualdevelopment.Sitinastateofmeditationandenjoythisexperience.Allowyourselfagood10to15minutesformeditation.

Fig.6.1.Thesevenchakraswiththeirrelatedvowels

Afterthismeditation,bringyourselfslowlybackintoyourbodyandgroundyourself.Dothisintwo simple steps: (1) Tone a midrange AH sound 3 times, breathing slowly and bringing theenergydowntotheheartarea;andthen(2)tone3ofthedeepestUHsounds,bringingtheenergybackintothebasechakra.

This exercise can take approximately thirtyminutes, sometimes an hour ifyou’re having a good meditation. For many people, this is a powerful andtransformativeexperience.Thisistruenotonlyduringthetoning,whenyou’reresonating, balancing, and aligning your chakras with sacred sound, but alsoafterward, while experiencing inner journeys and meditations. In workshops,some people are in a state of bliss once they return to their bodies after theirmeditations.

This exercise helps make clear the power of sound. Sound can act like apsychoactivesubstance,alteringandenhancingconsciousness.However,unlikesubstances or chemicals that alter consciousness, the wonderful thing aboutsoundisthatitisnaturalandcontrollable.Soundwillonlyallowyoutojourney

toaplacethatyouarereadytoexperience.Inotherwords,sinceitisnaturalandof your ownmanifestation, it is safe.The experiences people have are almostalways benevolent, blissful, or beautiful. This is the wonder of self-createdsacredsound.Youdothecreation,andwhereveryougoorwhateveryoudoisguided by your inner wisdom. If you need to stop the experience, open youreyes,takeafewbreaths,andyou’rebacktonormalconsciousness.

Of the thousands of peoplewhohaveworkedwith us using sacred sound,none have had adverse effects. Duringworkshops, the only complaint we getfrompeople is thatwebrought themback andgrounded them too soon—theywerehavingtoomuchfun!Weremindthemthattheycanalwaysreturntowherethey were and whatever they were doing by using the Vowels as Mantraspractice.

GIVEYOURSELFTIMETOASSIMILATETHEEXPERIENCE

Onceagain,whenyoudothisexercise,especiallythefirsttime,allowyourselfenoughtimetoenjoythebenefitsthataccompanythistoningpractice.Dothisina safe environment where youwill not be disturbed. Sitting in a comfortablechairoron thefloor is recommendedbutnever inacarorstandingup.Allowyourselftimeafterthemeditationtorelaxandintegratetheexperienceonceyouhavegroundedyourself.Don’timmediatelyrushtopickupthekidsatschoolorgointothatbusinessmeeting,particularlythefirsttimeyouexperiencethis.Justgiveyourselftime.ThemoreyoupracticeVowelsasMantras,themoreyouwillunderstandhowpowerfulitis,andhowtointegrateitintoyourlife.

7THEBIJAMANTRAS

The word mantra is from Sanskrit and may be translated as “thoughts thatliberatefromsamsara,theworldofillusions.”Mantrasalsorefertothescienceofmysticsoundandvibration.Mantrasarelistenedtoorrecitedbyapractitionerfor different purposes: to achieve different states of consciousness, to createresonance with specific attributes of divine energy, or to manifest differentqualities,fromresonatingthechakrastoembodyingcompassion.

Mantras are “words of power.” They are found in all the sacred traditionsincluding Judaism and Christianity. The “Hail Mary” and “Amen” in theChristiantraditionorthe“Shema”and“Shalom”intheHebrewtraditionaretheequivalentsofmantras,asisanyrepetitionofprayer,chant,orsacredsound.Themantric counterpart in the Islamic Sufi tradition is called the wazifah. Theprayers, chants, and sacred sounds of the Native Americans and indigenouspeoplescanalsobeconsideredmantras.Infact,thereisnospiritualtraditioninwhichtherecitationofsacredsoundorchantsdoesnotoccur.

In theHindu tradition, there are thousands ofmantras.Mantras have beenstudied as a science; each mantra is different, with a unique purpose andintention. Some mantras are designed to empower the reciter with specificpowers or siddhis. Other mantras are designed to invoke specific energies ordeitiesandunite the reciterwith thesedeities.Stillothermantras resonateandactivatethechakrasofthereciter.Theprincipleofhowmantrasworkissimilartohowsoundheals.

HOWMANTRASWORKAccordingtoSwamiVishnuDevanandainMeditationandMantras(OmLotus,1978), “Everything in the universe vibrates on specific wavelengths. Thesewavelengths can bemanipulated. For example, when its pitch is created highenough, a violin note can shatter glass.Thevariousmantras, although equally

efficient,vibrateondifferentwavelengths.”In theory, by repeating a mantra over and over, an individual is able to

reattune his resonance (or entrain with the energy of the mantra), so that,ultimately,theuseofthemantracausesonetoresonatewiththeparticulardeityor force with which the mantra is aligned. It is as though mantras are sonicformulas. Just as chemical formulascancreateparticular elements through theaddition of different substances, a mantra can create a specific waveform orsonicenergy.Byresonatingwithadeityor force,one takeson thequalitiesofthatdeityor force.Thus theuseofmantrascanbringaboutunionwithagod,enlightenment,orperhapsattainmentofgreatpowersandabilities(siddhis).

BIJAS—SEEDSOUNDSIn this chapter, wewill workwith a form ofmantra designed to balance andalignthechakras.Themostbasicofthesemantrasisthebijamantra.Thewordbija means “seed,” These bijas, or root sounds, are the simplest linguisticportionsofsound,calledmorphemes.

InHindu paintings and illustrations, chakras are often depicted as lookinglikeflowers.Thereareadifferentnumberofpetalsforeachflowerrepresentingthedifferentchakras.Within thepetalsof these flowersare squiggly lines thatareactuallylettersoftheSanskritalphabet.TheselettersoftheSanskritalphabetare the bijas. There are fifty letters in this alphabet and different letters areassignedtodifferentchakras.

TheHindu traditionbelieves that these alphabet letters are sacred and thattheycomposethefiberofexistence.Thefiftybasicsoundsofthebijasmakeupthevariouswavelengthsthatcreateforminthephysicalworld.

Fig.7.1.Thethroatchakra:aroundtheflowerarethewhisperedbijapetals.Inthecenteristhechantedbija.

Thebijasaresoundedsilentlyorwhispered.Withintheentiresetofbijas—the Hindu alphabet—is a subset of sounds; these are particular bijas chantedaloudtoresonatethechakras.Thesearethebijamantrasthatwewillworkwithinthischapter.

Note that the fifty letters of Sanskrit are powerful to sound, and for thosewithaninterestinlearningthem,therearemanyexcellentbooksonthesubjectincluding JohnBeaulieu’sMusic and Sound in theHealingArts (StationHill,1987) and Kundalini: Yoga for the West by Swami Sivananda Radha(Shambhala, 1978). The chanted bija mantras are an excellent, easy-to-learnsonic tool that can create transformation and change.We found it simpler tolearntochantsevensingle-syllablemantrasthanfiftymantras.Wehavethusfarnot found it necessary to work with all fifty bijas, but we encourage anyoneinterestedtopursuethis.

OMLet’s focuson themostwell-knownandmostoften chantedbijamantra,OM.Undoubtedly,atanygivenmoment,thereissomeone,somewherechantingthis.The OM is considered one of the oldest vocal sounds in existence; manyspeculate that it has been chanted for untold thousands of years. In theHindutradition, it isconsidered tobe theoriginal,primordialsound, themantra fromwhichtheuniverseandallofcreationfirstmanifested.

ASanskritword,OMissaidtobethecombinationofboththemasculineandfeminine, the representation of unity. While pronouncedOM (as in “home”),certainSanskritscholarsstatethatitiswrittenasAUM;manyconsiderthetwowordstobeinterchangeable.OMissaidtobethesoundthatcontainsallsounds;it is the totality of all sounds. Swami SivanandaRadha inMantras:Words ofPower(Timeless,1980)says,“ThecosmicsoundAUM,or itscondensedform,OM,istheoriginofallothersound.OMiseverything.ItisthenameofGod.”

OMmaybeunderstoodinanumberofdifferentways.OneunderstandingisthatOM—oritswrittenform,AUM—representsattributesofthemajortrinityofHindugods:Brahma,Vishnu,andShiva.Thesoundingofthe“A”representstheenergyofBrahma,thecreatorandthecreationalprocess.Themiddleportionofthesound,the“U,”representstheenergyofVishnu,thepreserver,andrelatestothe maintenance and preservation of what has been created. The final “M”represents the energy of Shiva, the transformer, and relates to the vitaltransformational energy to shift and change that which has been created andpreserved.

Another understanding of theOM orAUM is that the “A” represents thephysical plane, the “U” the mental and astral planes, and the “M” all that isbeyondthereachoftheintellect.OMorAUM is the initialsyllable thatbeginsalmost all mantras. ThusOM represents the infinite, the One Mind, the all-embracingconsciousness,theessenceofexistence.

In Tibetan Buddhism, the OM (AUM) represents different aspects of thetrinity of theBody, Speech, andMind of theBuddha. The “A” represents theBody, the “U” representsSpeech, and the “M” represents theMind.SoundingtheAUMinthismannerputsoneinresonancewiththesequalities.

OMcan,throughintent,becomeamultipurposemantracapableofresonatingand aligning all the chakras and cleansing imbalanced energies and purifyingself. Intonedwith sincerity and devotion, vocalization of theOM can put thechanterintouchwiththesourceofallcreation,providingabridgebetweenthespiritualandphysicaldimensionsandopeningthewayforinspirationalcontactwithhigherrealmsandbeings.

OMasasoundsymbolizes thesupremesource,and, tomany, thesoundofOM is synonymouswith the energy of peace.OM is the root ofmany sacredwords of different languages including our western “Amen” and the Hebrew“Shalom,”whichhasmanymeaningsincluding“peace.”TheOMinitiatespeaceandtranquillitywhenitislistenedto,andparticularlywhenitischanted.

Ofcourse,itisnotnecessarytoknowthisabouttheOMbeforeyouchantit,butwethoughtsomeknowledgeoftheOMwouldbeofinterest.ThismaterialismerelyasynthesisandsummaryofinformationabouttheOM.Onecouldwriteabookaboutthissound.

Within all systems of sound, there seem to be many variations, includingchantingthebijamantras.Inmanyofthemoretraditionalversions,thereis,infact,nochantedbijaforthecrowncenter;instead,onemeditatesonthesilenceof this chakra (the silent orwhispered bijas). However, in our workwe havefoundthefollowingversionthatusessevenchantedbijamantras—onebija foreach chakra—to be extremely effective for chakra resonance. We havesuccessfully used this version of seven chanted bijas, as have many others,includingDr.DeepakChopra.

Theotherbijamantrasare:LAM,VAM,RAM,YAM,HAM,andSHAM.Theseareused,respectively,forthefirstthroughsixthchakras,withOM(AUM)beingusedfortheseventhchakra.Beforewebeginourexercisewiththebijamantras,wewouldliketocoverpronunciationofthesesoundsandwhatwebelievemaybethemajorvibrationalfocuswithregardtothesesounds.

PROPERPRONUNCIATIONOFBIJASMany people ask if there is a correct pronunciation for theOM. Is itOM orAUM,orsomethingelseentirely?Inreality,theredoesnotseemtobeoneexact,correctpronunciation.Dependingonthecountry,language,anddialect,theOMcan be pronounced AUM, UM, UNG, ANG and ONG, among otherpronunciations. TheOM may also be chanted as a three-syllable word AUM(pronouncedasAHOHMMM).Yettheresonanceandeffectsofthismantraseemto be similar despite varied differences in pronunciation. Much depends, ofcourse,ontheintentionofthepersoncreatingthesound.

This is true about the otherbijamantras aswell.LAM,VAM,RAM,YAM,HAM,andSHAMallhavevariationintheirsoundings.LAMcanbepronouncedLUM,LANG(nasalizingthe“ng”sound),orLUNG.

The same variations apply to the other sounds.We have not found muchdifferencewithregardtotheeffectofthesoundsoncetheyaremade.Whatdoesseemtobe important is that, forexample, ifyouchoose topronounceLAMasLANG,thenpronouncealltheotherbijamantrassimilarly:ThusVAMisVANGandnotpronouncedasVAM,VUM,orVUNG;RAM ispronouncedRANG;and

soon.Forthebijamantraexercise,wewillpronouncethebijamantrasastheyare

spelled,pronouncingthe“A”asAH(asin“father”)andpronouncingeachletterasinLL-AH-MMforLAM.Later,whenwegiveinstructionsforthisexercise,wealsogiveyouthephoneticpronunciationofthebijamantra.

Before we begin this exercise we want to affirm the power of the bijamantras. These sounds are extremely old and have been effectively used forthousands of years bymillions of people to resonate their chakras.They havebeentriedandproven.Wehavepersonallyhadenormoussuccessworkingwiththebijamantrasinourworkshops.

ELONGATINGTHECONSONANTSFromalinguisticview,wehaveobservedthattheonlydifferencebetweenthesebijamantrasseemstobetheconsonantatthebeginingofthesound.Otherthanthat, they are basically the same. Therefore it appears to us that thedifferentiatingpowerofthebijamantrasmaybe thisbeginningconsonant.Wehave spoken to a number of practitioners of bija mantras who agree with us.When you chant these mantras, elongate the beginning consonant. When wechanttheseseedsyllables,atleastonethirdofthesound(sometimesevenhalfofourbreath,andthereforeofthesound)isdevotedtocreatingthisfirstconsonant.

WithLAM, forexample, if it takeseightseconds tosound theentireword,threeor fourof those secondsareoccupiedmaking theLLLL soundwhile theremainingfoursecondsareequallysplitbetweentheAHandtheMMsounds.Ifwe were to write the pronunciation phonetically it would be something likeLLLLLLLL-AAAH-MMMM.

Ofcourse,youwillfindschoolsandteacherswhowill tellyouthat(1) theonlycorrectpronunciationofLAM isLANG;or (2) theemphasisshouldbeonthelast“ng”soundsothatitshouldbepronouncedL-AH-NNNNNNNGGGGGG.Whensoundingthebijamantras,usewhatworkseffectivelyforyou.Ifyoulike,try our pronunciation first and then experiment with the others; or if you aredrawn to another pronunciation, use that. Once again, fluidity is the key weemphasizehere.

Therearemanydifferentpitchvariationsthatcanbeappliedwhenyousoundthebijamantras.Inlaterchapters,wewillexperimentwiththem(aswewillalsoexperimentwithpitchvariationsusingthesacredvowels).However,atthistime,

for this exercise, we suggest you find a note that feels comfortable, and thensoundeachbijamantraonthisnote.

In India,wheremillions chant thebijas daily, amajority of reciters chanttheminamonotone,neverchanging theirpitch. In thepreviouschapter,whenexperimentingwiththesacredvowels,wechangedpitchtofeeltheresonanceinourbodiesandchakras.Inthischapter,todemonstrateanotheraspectofchakraresonance,wewill stay on the same pitch.Once you feel like experimenting,pleasetryothervariations.Learningtobefluidwithsoundisanimportantpartoftantraandofunderstandingthepowerofsound.

Wewant to remind you again of the importancewhenworkingwith self-created sounds to find a comfortable place where you will not be disturbed.Remembertobreathedeeplyandslowlybefore,during,andafterthesounding.Whensounding,makesureyouarecreatingagentleandcomfortablesound,andbe sure you are not straining your voice in any way. As always, it is notnecessarytomakeloudsoundsinordertocreateeffectivefrequencyshifts,andbeinsilencewhentheexerciseiscomplete.

BijaMantraExercise

FirstBijaWebeginwiththerootchakraandthemantraLAM.Soundthemantra,LLLLLLL-AAAH-MMMM,usingacomfortablepitch.Focusyourattentiononthebasechakra, locatedat thebaseofyourspine.Ifyouwanttoaddacolorvisualizationtothisexercise,usethecolorred.Closeyoureyeswhilemaking thissound.Focusyourattentionon the lowestpartofyour trunkandprojectyourintentionsothatyouvisualizethesoundresonating in therootchakra.Feel thesoundvibratingthis area and, as it does, become aware that this energy center is now resonating, becomingbalancedandalignedthroughsacredsound.MaketheLAMsound7times.

SecondBijaNowfocusyourattentiononthesecondchakralocatedabout3inchesbelowthenavel.Thebijamantra for this chakra is VAM (pronounced VVVVVVV-AAA-HMMMM). A color that willcomplementyourvisualizationforthischakraisorange.BegintosoundtheVAMinacomfortablepitch.Closeyoureyesandnoticewhere thesound is resonating inyourbody.Now focusyourattentiononthesecondchakraandprojectthesoundthere.Asthesoundresonatesthesecondchakra,experiencethisenergycenterbecomingbalancedandalignedwiththepreviouschakra.MaketheVAMsound7times.

ThirdBijaThebijamantraforthethirdchakra,locatedatthenavel,isRAM(pronouncedRRRRRRR-AAAH-

MMMM).Yellowwill complement your visualization.Begin to tonea verygentleandsoftRAM.Noticewherethissoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentiononthisthirdchakra,and project the sound there. As the sound resonates this area, experience this energy centerbalancingandaligningwiththeotherchakras.ChanttheRAMsound7times.

FourthBijaThebijamantraforthefourthchakra,theheartcenterlocatedinthemiddleofthechest,isYAM.Ifyouwishtoaddacolortocomplementthissound,usegreen.WefinditeasiesttoaddanEEEsound before the Y in order to elongate the Y, so that the pronunciation is EEEEEE-YAAH-MMMM.Begintotonethisinthesamecomfortablewaythatyouhavebeenusing.Noticewherethesoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentionontheheartchakraandprojectthesound there. As you resonate the heart center with sound, experience this energy centerbalancingandaligningwiththeotherchakras.ChanttheYAMsound7times.

FifthBijaNowfocusyourattentiononthefifthchakra,locatedatthethroat.ThebijamantraforthischakraisHAM.Acolortocomplementthissoundisskyblue.Wefindthatit’ssometimesabitdifficulttomakeanelongatedHsoundunlessitisanaspirateHthatissoundedverysoftly,sothattheHHHalmostridesatfirstonthebreathandthenbecomesslightly louder.It ispronouncedHHHHHH-AAAH-MMMM.BegintotonetheHAMmantra.Noticewherethesoundisresonatinginyourbody.Nowfocusyourattentiononthethroatchakraandprojectsoundthere.Asthesoundresonatesthe throatchakra,experience thisenergycenterbalancingandaligningwith theotherchakras.MaketheHAMsound7times.

SixthBijaNowfocusyourattentiononthesixthchakra,oftencalledthethirdeye,locatedontheforeheadmidway between the eyes and slightly above. The bija mantra for this chakra is SHAM. Wepronounce thismantraasSSSSHHH-AAAH-MMMM.Acolor thatworkswellwith thischakra isindigo.Begintotonethatsamecomfortablenoteyouhavebeenusingthroughoutthisexercise.Closeyoureyeswhilemakingthissoundandbecomeawareofwherethatsoundisresonatinginyourbody.Now focus yourattentionon this chakraandproject the sound to that area.As thesound resonates the third eye, experience this energy center aligning and balancingwith yourotherchakras.MaketheSHAMsound7times.

SeventhBijaThebija mantra for the crown chakra, located at the top of the head, isOM. For use in thisexercisewesimplypronounceitasOOO00HHHMMMM.Acolorthatisusedhereispurple.Beginto tone theOMmantra inacomfortablevoice.Closeyoureyesandnoticewhere thissound isresonating in your body. Now focus your attention on your crown cen-ter and begin to projectsound there. As the sound resonates the crown chakra, experience this energy center beingbalancedandalignedwithalltheotherchakras.ChanttheOMmantra7times.

Fig.7.2.Diagramofthebijamantrasinrelationtothesevenchakras

Nowbeinsilence.Whenyoufeelcompletewithyourmeditation,takeasmuchtimeasyouneedtofeelgrounded.

Aswith theprevious soundexercise (VowelsasMantras), theBijaMantraexercise takes approximately twenty minutes. At the end of it, you may feellightheaded.Wesuggestthatyoutakethisopportunitytositinsilenceaslongasyou’d like, and have the experience that is for your highest benefit at thisparticularmomentinyourspiritualdevelopment.Sitinastateofmeditationandenjoythisexperience.Youhavebeensounding,resonating,andbalancingyourchakrasastheenergyhasmovedupyourspineandintoyourhead,andabove.Allowyourselfagoodtentofifteenminutesforthismeditationandthenbesuretogroundyourselfthoroughly.

As with our experience with vowels in the last chapter, this bija mantraexercisewithmeditationcantakefromahalf-hourtoanhourtocomplete.Itcanbeapowerfulandtransformativeexperience.

Whenyoudothisexercisewiththebijamantras,allowyourselfenoughtime

toenjoythebenefitsthataccompanyit.Thisisespeciallytruethefirsttimeyoudo it.Do this inasafeenvironmentwhereyouwillnotbedisturbed,allowingyourselfenough timeafter themeditation to relaxand integrate theexperienceonceyouhavegroundedyourself.

InthenextsectionofChakraFrequencieswepresentmoresoundexercisesand experiences that you can use by yourself or share with a partner. Thesesounds, and thewayyouare able to resonatewith themusingyour intent andvisualization,arethebasisofmanytraditionaltantricexercises.Familiaritywiththemwillenhanceyourhealthandconsciousness,aswellasassistingwith theother exercises in this book. Practice these ancient sacred soundswholeheartedly,andyouwilldefinitelynoticeadifference.

PARTIII

PRACTICEWITHAPARTNER

8OVERALLPURPOSE

ASWEBEGINTHISNEXTSECTION,whichfocusesonsoundexerciseswitha partner, it is important to first ask this question:What is your purpose andintentionforengaginginsoundactivitieswithanotherperson?

Is it tomeditate togetherandresonateyourconsciousness together?Is it toreachdeeperemotional levelsandachieveempathic rapportwithoneanother?Do you want to use these activities as a counseling tool to enhancecommunication, and go into deeper levels of understanding together? Do youdesire toenhance thephysical resonanceyouhavewithanother,anduse thesevibratorytoolstoheightenyourexplorationofsacredlove?Areyouseekingtoexpandthelove,health,andvitalityyouhavewithyourpartner,or togeneratecompassiontogetherforbothpersonalandplanetaryhealing?

Thereisnorightorwronganswertothesequestions.Everyoneisuniqueanddifferent, and every relationship is unique anddifferent.What is sowonderfulaboutsoundis that itcanassistandenhanceeveryaspectofrelationship,fromco-meditationtoshiftingangertomakinglove.Soundcanhelpyouachieveeachoneof theelements implied in thequestions,aswellasmuchmore.Whateveryourreasonsforlearningthismaterial,wearegratefulthatyouarejoiningusonthisjourneythroughsound.

Wemustofferacaution:Soundisaprofoundtoolfortransformation—itwillchange you. That is a fact. As we’ve mentioned in previous chapters, whilesoundwillonlytakeyoutoplacesthatyouarereadyfor,yourexperienceswithsoundwilldeepenyourrelationshipwithyourpartnerandyourself.

Infact,ifyouhavebeenpracticingtheexercisesfromthepreviouschapters,you have probably already experienced this. Therefore it is likely you are adifferentpersonnowfromwhoyouwerebeforeyoubeganworkingwithself-created sound.And ifyoudidnotdo those exercises andhave skipped to thissection,thefollowinginformation,inparticular,isforyou.

KNOWTHYSELFOverthegatesofDelphiinGreece,thesacredspotwheretheoraclegavedivinemessages to thePythia,orpriestess, it read, “KnowThyself!”This conceptof“KnowThyself”is,ofcourse,notrestrictedtotheteachingsofancientGreece;thereisnotaphilosopherorspiritual teacherthatwecanthinkofwhohasnotadvisedsimilarawareness ineachpupil.Whetherone isundergoingaspiritualquestorpsychological journey,orsimplybecomingabetterperson,oneof theprimary steps necessary is becoming better acquainted with oneself.Understandingourselvesatadeeplevelisparamount,anditisnotaneasythingto do. While it takes work and commitment, it is definitely possible. Self-acceptance and self-love are the ultimate goals in working toward knowingthyself.Thepowerofsoundcangreatlyassistthisprocess.

Whenwespeakofknowingourselves,wearenottalkingabouthowweviewourselves in terms of career, job, and family, or how we may appear to theoutsideworld.Whether you’re a doctor, lawyer, shaman, ormother, these arestill external descriptions of how the world sees you and how you may seeyourself. Certainly, these descriptions can tell us a great deal about how wemightoccupyour thoughtsandtimewithregardto theoutsideworld,but theytelluslittleaboutourtrueessenceandourconnectionwiththeweboflife.

Whatemotionsflowinandoutofourlives?Howawareareweofthem?Dowefeelhappy,sad,scared,orconfused?Dowelongforpeace,joy,orrest?Areyou a thirteen-year-old boy encased in the body of a forty-year-oldman?Areyou a beamof light shrouded in the dark?By focusing ourselves on a deeperlevel, it’s possible to receive insights that can help us know and understandourselves.Throughknowingourselves,wecanachievelevelsofself-acceptanceandinnerpeacethatmanyhaveonlydreamedof.

Aswetakeadeeperlookintoouremotionsandprocessourfeelings,wecanbegintoaccesswaysofexperiencingintimacyandadeeperconnectionwithallof life. It is through understanding and experiencing self-acceptance and self-love that we can share this love with others. By discovering how to loveourselves,wecanthenknowhowtoloveothers.

Usingsoundisavaluabletoolforhelpingusopenuptothesedeeperlevelsof life.Soundcoupledwith intention canhelpdissolveblockages thatmaybeholdingusbackandkeepingusfromknowingourselvesandlovingothers.Itisthrough understanding and experiencing our own connectionwith life through

thepowerofsoundthatprofoundshiftsandchangescanoccur.

THEACTIVATINGAGENTOFTANTRAWhenyoumakesoundsbyyourselfandexperiencethesilenceafterthesound,youmostlikelyreachastillnesswithinyou.Inthatstillness,perhapsanaspectof yourself may be revealed to you. Sound can do that because sound is theactivating agent of tantra, theweb that unites all things. Tantra is the field ofunitybetweenus—the“Force”thatwesofondlyrememberfromStarWars.Asyoubegintoknowandtrustthisfieldofunity,youbegintoknowandtrustnotonlyyourself;butyourinterconnectednesswithallthings.

As you understand this interconnectedness, you can begin the process ofsurrender not only to yourself, but also to the divine aspect within all of us.Using sound therapeutically, people can begin to relinquish aspects of controltheymayhavehad,surrenderingthiscontroltoahigherforce.Onceyourealizetheexistenceof tantra, thewebof life,youknow there ismoregoingon thanmeetstheeye.Youmaybeacocreatorofreality,butyouarenotthecreator.

Your actions and reactions are interdependentwith countless other actionsand reactions over which you have no control and of which you have littleunderstanding.Sucharealizationcantakeaburdenoffthosewhofeelaneedtocontroleveryaspectoflife.Notonlyisthisnotpossible,itisanillusionandisnotuseful.Releasingsuchissuesfreesusinmanyways—inbody,inmind,andin spirit. Since sound has the extraordinary ability to shift and change us onmany levels, you may begin to uncover an understanding about love andcompassionthatmaynothavebeeninyourconsciousnesswhenyoubeganyourjourneywiththetantraofsound.

INTEGRATINGMASCULINEANDFEMININEENERGY

Mostfrequentlyinthetantrictraditions,one’spartnerisactuallyaninternalizedbeing,asexualcounterpartofthedivineaspectofourselves.Ifyouareaman,this internalized being is a woman; and vice versa. Through tantric activitiessuchasthosepresentedinthisbook,individualscanusesoundtounitethemaleandfemaleaspectsofthemselvesinmeditations,becomingonewiththedivineandwith theessenceof theuniverseandwithdivinebeingssuchas Jesusand

Mary Magdalene, Shiva and Shakti, Avalokitesvara and Tara, or any of thecountlessdivinemale/femaleenergyformsfoundinothertraditions.Regardlessofyourbelief system, there aredivinemodelsofmale and female energy justwaitingtoworkwithyoutoachievebalanceandhigherconsciousness.

9USINGVOWELSOUNDSWITHAPARTNER

THE PREVIOUS CHAPTERS INVOLVEDWORKING with sound by yourself.Inthosechaptersweusedtwosystemsofchakraresonance—sacredvowelsand the bija mantras. In this section, we will use these two again but with apartner. These exercises provide simple, effective methods of achievingvibratory resonance with another person. In these new chapters we offervariationsontheexercisesyouhavealreadyexperienced.Thesecanpresentnewinsightsintosoundandtantrabeneficialtoyouandyourpartner.Theconceptofusingsoundtoresonatethechakrasremainsthesame.

Inchapter6,wesuggestedthatwhenyouworkindividuallywiththeVowelsasMantras exercise,yougo from the lowest soundyoucanmake for the firstchakratothehighestsoundyoucanmakefortheseventhchakra.Thepotentialin this initial form is extraordinary, sowe use it againwhile soundingwith apartner.

You no doubt have found by now (due to your diligent practice with thepreviousexercises)thatthemoreyoupracticed,themoreeasilyandeffectivelyyou experienced the resonances of your body and chakras. You undoubtedlyhave experienced moving a pitch slightly up, or down, while resonating aparticular chakra. You may also have found that the resonance changed anddiscoveredthatthepitchforanygivenchakraisnotstatic.Infact,theresonanceshiftsdependingonanynumberofelements,includingourphysical,emotional,andmentalactivitiesbeforeandaftertheexercise.

MATCHINGPITCHWITHAPARTNERThe exercise ofVowels asMantras donewith a partner can begin to enhanceyourconnectiontoeachother.Whenyoudothisexercisewithapartner,ratherthanhavingonepersonleadwiththeir toneandonepersonmatch,begininanegalitarianmanner—thatis,withbothpeoplefindingacomfortablepitch—and

thenworkwiththatpitchuntilyoumatcheachothercomfortably.This way you’ll both have an equal place to start at the beginning of the

exercise,andmatchingeachother’spitchwillassisttheexperienceofresonatingyourchakrastogether.Thebasicideahereissimplytomatcheachother’spitchascloselyaspossible.Itdoesnotmatterwhatnoteyouuseaslongasyoubothfeelcomfortablemakingthesoundtogether.Thisisahugestepformanypeople,notonlyinexperiencingthetantraofsound,butindevelopingadeepersenseofself-knowing.

THEWOUNDEDSINGERMany of us are wounded singers, having experienced some form of rejectionwhenwesanginpublic,whetheritwasbeingtoldtogooutfortrackwhenwetried out for the school choir, or being laughed at by family members if westartedsingingasong.Nodoubt,manyofyoureadingthiswillbeabletorelatetobeingawoundedsinger,someonewhoispositivetheycannotsing.Thegoodnewsisthatthesoundexercisesinthisbookhavenothingtodowithsinging.

Pleasebeassured,weknow that soundingwithapartner can initiallybeafrightening experience, particularly if you have had some of these woundingexperiences.Becauseofthis,it’simportanttohonorthatsoundingwithapartnerrequires levelsof trust andnonjudgment.One thing that can initiallyhelp thisfeelingis tobeasgood-humoredaspossiblewitheachother,and togiveeachother a break—laughing is great! Remember, there are no rules, no right orwrongsounds.Giveyourselfpermissiontobesillyandplayfulasyou’regettingstartedandrememberit’simpossibletomakeawrongsound.

Ifyoucanfindatonetosoundtogetherthatfeelsmildlycomfortableforyouboth—atonethatyouaregeneratingwiththeenergyofcompassionandlove—thiswillbeagoodbeginningtoresonatetogether.Wesuggestthatunlessyouarethe spiritual equivalent of Sonny and Cher, begin practicing the exercise ofVowels asMantras using the same tone for each chakra, sounding one singlenoteforallofthechakras.

Thisiscalledsinginginmonotone.It’saneffective,easy,andsimplesonicexercisetoexperience.Itisanancientandnoblemethodofsacredchanting,andone we strongly suggest if this is the first time you and your partner haveendeavoredtosoundtogether.Afteryouhaveexperiencedthisacoupleoftimesandyoufeelcomfortablesoundingtogether,youcanbegindoingmoreadvanced

variationsofthisexercise.Incidentally,wealsosuggesttoyouthatifyoufinditdifficult, threatening,

or impossible to match each other’s pitch, practice the exercises anyway.Wehaveat timesobserved the fear factorofsoundingwithanotherbeingsogreatthatpeoplewillautomaticallysingoutoftune,evenwhenthisisactuallymoredifficulttodothansingingintune.How?Why?Wearen’tsure,butwebelieveitmay have something to dowith unconsciously hearing that inner voice of thewoundedsingerthatmaystillneedalittletenderhealing.

Frequently,we’vefoundthatpeoplewhoconsiderthemselvestonedeafcanoftenmatchthepitchofsomeoneelse,untiltheystartthinkingaboutit.They’llbe toning along finewith another person, then someone says something aboutmatching pitch, or another suggestion that triggers the “I can’t sing” button.Suddenly, the twopeoplewhomoments beforewere singing alongbeautifullyarenowsoundingdisharmonious.

Evenifyouandyourpartnerfeelasthoughyousoundlikeapairofhowlingcoyotes—in certain indigenous traditions this is considered quite good!—continuesounding.Believethatonceyou’vegottenoveryourfearandallowedyourselftofeelcomfortablesoundingwithanotherperson,yourpitch-matchingproblemswillbeover.Afterthat,thesky’sthelimit!You’llbothbeable,ifyoulike,todomuchmorechallengingvariationsofthisexercise.

THEOUT-OF-TUNEANGELHere’s a quick story thatwe’re guided to share.We trust itwill assist you asyou’redevelopingyoursoundwork.

Onceupona time,Shamael,MasterofHeavenlySongandDirectorof theDivineChoir,founditnecessarytofindareplacementforoneoftheangelswhowas leaving the choir. The angel had apparently done enough “hosannas” orwhatever, andwas nowgoing to engage in another equally important activity,butthiswasneverrevealed.Whatwasrevealedwasthattherewouldnowbeanopening in the Divine Choir for another angelic voice; so naturally they hadtryoutstofilltheposition.

There were angels of all varieties (and believe us—angels come in manyvarieties). It iswritten that for each blade of grass growing, there is an angelhelping itgrow.Soyoucan imagine the immensenumberofangels thatcouldpotentiallyfilltheposition.Mostoftheangelswhocameforthetryoutsthought

theirabilitiesbestsuitedfortheposition.AnangeltoldShamael,“Icansingthesunupinthemorning!”Theangelthenmadeanincredibletoneandindeedthesuncameup.AnotherangeltoldShamael,“Icansingthestarsoutatnight,”andindeed this angel did exactly that. On and on, the angels came, each with aseeminglygreatergiftandpowertousesoundasamagnificentmanifestationofthecreator.

Thencamethislittleangelwhomadeasound,anditwasnotmuch.Infact,itwasprettybleak. If someof theother angelshadearth-shattering roars, thislittleangelhadmoreofasqueak.Itsvoicewashopelesslyweakandoutoftune.Infact, ifthereweresuchathingassnickeringintheangelicrealm(which,ofcourse,thereisnot),thetryoutsfortheDivineChoirwouldhavebeenfilledwiththesesounds.

Then,at theendof theday(which,naturally, in theheavenlyrealmscouldhave easily been a millennium), the angels all went back to their currentpositionstoawaitthedecision.Remember,therewasroomforonlyoneangel.

Thenextdaytheangelsallcamebackandreverentiallywaitedtohearwhichonehadbeenaccepted.Shamaelmadehisannouncementand...well,wethinkalotofyouguessedit.ThenewpositionintheDivineChoirwent to thelittleangelwiththeveryout-of-tunevoice.Theotherangelswereinaquandary,andif disbelief existed in the angelic realms (which, of course, it does not), youwouldhaveheardmanygroansandshoutsofopposition:“But...but...Icansingthesunupinthemorning,”or“ButIcansingthetidesfromtheocean,”andsoforth.

Shamael,withhisknowing,lovingwisdom(forafterall,Shamaelissecondonly to the Divine Creator itself in terms of his extraordinarily omniscientcompassionandkindness),noddedhishead,knowingthethoughtsoftheseotherangels.Thenhe said, “TheDivineChoir encircles theHolyofHolies, singingpraises of love and joy to theCreator throughout time.Therefore the positionthat isopenin thischoir isnotoneofsonicpowerorability.It isoneof love.AndasIlistenedtoallofyoumakeyourextraordinarysoundsyesterday,therewas one with whom the energy of love was greatest and most abundant.”Shamaelspreadhishandstothelittleangelwiththeout-of-tunevoice.“AnditisthisbelovedbeingwhomtheCreatorwishestohavemostdearlyintheDivineChoir.Sowelcome!”

SOUNDINGTOGETHERWITHNONJUDGMENT

ANDCOMPASSIONPerhaps as an aside, we should tell you how this story developed. We weretakingpartinasonicmeditationwithotherpeoplearoundtheworld,soundingaprayer forpeacefor fiveminutesataspecific time.Whatabeautiful idea.Weeagerly engaged in this activity. Itwas indeed abeautiful experience—at leastforthefirstminuteorso,untilJonathanrealizedthatAndiwasnotmatchinghisnoteandthatwewereoutoftune.Hebecamefrustratedandupset,andhesoonstopped making any sound, depressed because he believed our out-of-tunesounds were not assisting the world. Andi, being very empathic, picked upJonathan’senergyandstoppedmakingsoundaswell, feelingembarrassedandupset.Webothsatinmeditation,attemptingtoprojecttheenergyofpeaceontothe planet, but it was difficult. We had both momentarily become woundedsingersagain!

Then,duringourmeditation,Shamael toldJonathanthestoryof“TheOut-of-TuneAngel.”WhenJonathanopenedhiseyesagainandlookedatAndi,herealized howwrong and judgmental he had been.With her compassion,Andiforgave Jonathan, and with his compassion, Jonathan was able to forgivehimself.ForheknewthatwhileAndi’svoicemighthavebeenoutoftuneatthetime, the love that shegenerated inher soundwas extraordinary.That iswhateachandeverysoundexerciseinthisbookisallabout:love!Itisaboutintentionandvibration,andmostcertainlynotaboutthenecessityofhavingaskilledandbeautifulvoice.It’saboutacceptanceandnonjudgment.

Wehaveneverpubliclysharedthisstorybefore,butwetrustyouwillfindituseful. For those engaged in professional singing careers and who can hitcelestial harmonies during this exercise, we salute you. And for those whocannot,weaskyoutobringtomindwithloveandacceptancethestoryof“TheOut-of-Tune Angel.” Incidentally, once Jonathan received this story andunderstooditsmeaning,heandAndibegantosingmoreandmoreintune.Now,weoftensingasone.

SOUNDTHEMAJORSCALEOnevariationofusingtoneintheVowelsasMantrasexerciseinvolvesusingamajorscaletosoundthechakras.Afteryouhavefoundyourmatchingpitch,youmightuseadiatonicscaleinthekeyofC.Putanotherway,youbeginwiththenote C for the first chakra, the note D for the second chakra, E for the third

chakra,Fforthefourthchakra,Gforthefifthchakra,Aforthesixthchakra,andBfor the seventhchakra.Theseare thewhitenotesonapiano,goingnotebynoteupthepiano,startingfromthenoteC.

Fig.9.1.ThewhitenotesofthepianostartingwiththenoteC

Forthoseclaimingnomusicalknowledgeorabilityandfindingthisdifficult,donotworry.Tryusingthegoodold“Do,re,mi,fa,sol,la,ti,do”scalefromthemovieTheSoundofMusic.Remember the“Doe,adeer,a femaledeer”song?Wehaveallheardthesoundofinstrumentsgoingupthesevenstepsofthemajorscaleinnumerabletimesinourlives,soit’sasimpleandfamiliarscale,builtintoyour sonic memory. Even so, here are some hints for those who considerthemselvesmusicallychallenged.

Wehavefoundthat,formany,goingupthemajorscaleenhancestheabilityto feel the sound resonating in thechakras.TheC-major scale, representedbythe white keys on the piano, is easiest, particularly for people who have akeyboardintheirhome.However,startinginthekeyofCisnotmandatory.Youcanstartonanynotethatfeelscomfortable,particularlyifyoucangoupsevenstepstogether.Ifitturnsoutyoucansoundtogetherusingascalethatisdifferentfromthismajorscale,that’sfine,too.

WhenJonathanfirstbeganresearchingthedifferentsystemsofusingsoundtoresonatethechakras,hefoundmanydifferentmusicalscalesusedbyvariouspractitioners.Soifyou’reusingaminoraugmentedflattedseventhscale(we’rejustmakingupanamenow),orwhatever,it’sperfectlyfine.What’simportantisthat you resonate together and enjoy this experience together. That’s the truefocus,notthemusicalscale.

THEMAGICOFMONOTONEAspreviouslystated,it’sfineifyousingthevowelsoundsinmonotone,asyoudid with the bija mantras. In fact, for beginners, this is preferred. Monotone

meansusingonenote,thatis,thesamenoteforeachchakraasyou’resoundingeach different vowel sound. This works well. In fact, there are people (withincrediblemusical knowledge and ability)who find using one note for all thechakrasmoreeffectivethangoingupascale.Why?Itprobablyhastodowithharmonics.

Harmonicsaresoundswithinsoundsthatmakeupthetextureoftone.Theyare,infact,thecomponentsthatcreatethetimbreortonecolorofsound.Justasaprismhelduptothesunlightdisplaysthecolorsoftherainbow,harmonicscanbecalled thecolorsofsound.Eachvowelsoundhasadifferentsetofstressedharmonics(called“formants”).Theseharmonicsgoupinpitchasyousingthevowelsounds.Youmaynotbeabletohearthechangesinharmonics,butonasubtle level, they are occurring and affecting your chakras.This iswhydoingVowelsasMantrasonasinglenoteworks.Forthoseseekingmoreinformationaboutharmonics,wereferyoutoJonathan’sbookHealingSounds:ThePowerofHarmonics.

DIFFERENTMETHODSOFSOUNDINGTHECHAKRAS

We have now presented you with several different methods for sounding theseven chakras, beginning with the root chakra and moving up to the crownchakra.Hereisareviewofthemethods:

Soundthevowelsfromthedeepestnotetothehighestnote,aspresentedinchapter6.SoundthevowelsusingtheC-majorscalegoingfromCtoDtoEtoFtoGtoAtoB.Soundthevowelsusingaseven-notemajorscalestartingonwhatevernoteyouwant.Sound the vowels with whatever scale or combination of notes you findcomfortable.Sound the vowels on a single note, singingmonotone (the same note foreachvowelsound),andmatchingeachother’spitch.Sound the vowels on a single note, singingmonotone (the same note foreachvowelsound),andnotmatchingeachother’spitch.

Thesearesixvariationsthatyoucantry.Experimentwiththemandenjoytheprocess.Anybodycanworkwith thesevariations, even thoseofyouwoundedsingerswhohavebeentoldyouaretone-deaf.Wedonot,incidentally,believeinthatconcept;noone is tone-deaf.Everyonecan learn tosing in tuneormatchnotes.Manyofushavepowerfulbelief systemsengrained inourpsyches thathaveconvincedusthatwecannotsing.Thesebeliefsarefalsemessageswehavereceived along theway, and oncewe can let them go, the blockages begin todissipate, and we begin to feel our ability to tone and the true power of ourvoice.

Through practice and experience, we believe that these negative thoughtforms dissolve, bringing with this dissolution the self-empowerment of usingsoundasahealingandtransformativetool.Whatmattersmostisyourintentionandthelovingacceptanceofeachother,nomatterwhatsoundsyouaremaking.Wecannotstressthispointenough.Evenifyouandyourpartnercannotmatcheachother’snote(oratleastbelieveyouarenotmatchingthenote),thatdoesn’tmatter.

Remember,it’s“Frequency+Intent=Healing.”And“Visualization+Vocalization=Manifestation.”If you’remaking a vowel sound and focusing your intention on a chakra,

that’senough.That’sallittakes.It’sthatsimple.Itcanbeinterestingandfuntodothisexerciseusinganyofthesixmethodssuggested.WeknowthatsomeofyouwillgetaCtuningforkandbeginyourresonancetogetherusingthesecondmethod, and others will find your own vibratory pitch and resonate togetherusingyourmethodofchoice.Simplyfeelcomfortableandrelaxedwhileyou’resoundingatonewithyourpartner.That’sallittakestodotheVowelsasMantraswithPartnerexercise.

PURPOSEANDPOSITIONBeforewegivetheinstructionsonhowtodotheVowelsasMantraswithPartnerexercise,we’dlike tosuggestsomefocusedpurposesfor it.Basically,youandyourpartnerwillbesoundingandresonatingyourchakrastogether.Thiscreatesa vibratory matching frequency (called a sympathetic resonance) between thetwo of you. This resonance begins to put your bodies, minds, and spirits inharmony.

Usually,wedothisexercisewhilesittingcomfortablyinchairsfacingeach

other.We are often only a few inches away from each other with our kneesalmost touching.You can also do this sitting side by side orwith your backsagainsteachother,althoughtheidealwayistofaceeachotherifpossible.Therearemanyvariantsofeventhepositionsfordoingthisexercise.

Fig.9.2.Projectingtheenergyfromyourchakras

Thereissuchvarietyofposturethatourrecommendationistodowhatfeelsthe most comfortable. You can sit in chairs, sit on the floor, or sit in thetraditionallotuspostureusedbyyogisandtheirstudents.

We do, however, suggest that you do these exercises with your spine asstraightaspossible.Beinghunchedoverorhavingyourspinedistortedinsomefashion not only constricts the natural pathways of breath (and therefore ofsound),butalsoseemstointerrupttheflowofenergyupthespine.

ADDITIONALENHANCEMENTDoing theVowels asMantras exercisewith another person, sounding togetherwhileprojectingintentionalizedsound,youwillcreatearesonancebetweenyou—without doing anything else. Here, however, are some additional ways toenhancetheexercise:

Asyoufocusyourintentionofbalancingandaligningyourchakras,alsoset

theintentionofbalancingandaligningyourpartner’schakras.Whilefocusingthisintention,visualizetheenergygoingfromyourchakrastoyourpartner’s (andviceversa).Becomeaware thatyourenergy isalsohelpingtobalanceandalignyourpartner’schakrasandisconnectingyouinadeepandprofoundway.Asyoufocusyourintentionalizedsoundandvisualization,addthefeelingof appreciation and love to the energy you are projecting. Love can beprojected from each and every chakra and can amplify the tantric energywithwhichyouareworking.

Asalways,itisimportantwhenworkingwithself-createdsoundstodotheminacomfortableplacewhereyouwillnotbedisturbed.Additionally,rememberto breathe deeply and slowly before, during, and after the sounding. Whensounding,make sure you are creating a gentle and comfortable sound, and besureyouarenotstrainingyourvoiceinanyway.Remember,itisnotnecessaryto make loud sounds in order to create effective frequency shifting. Alsoremembertobeinsilenceaftertheexercise.

VowelsasMantraswithPartnerExercise

FirstChakraBegintogetherwithanUHsound(asin“huh”).Focusyourattentiononyourfirst(orroot)chakra,locatedatthebaseofyourspine.Ifyouwouldliketoaddacolorvisualizationtothischakra,usethe color red. Youmay close your eyes whilemaking this sound or, better yet, look into yourpartner’seyes.Focusyourattentiononthelowestpartofyourtrunkandprojectyourintentionsothatyouvisualizethesoundasresonatingattherootchakra.

Feel the sound vibrating and resonating this area. Become aware that the energy centerassociatedwiththisareaisalsoresonatingandbecomingbalancedandalignedthroughsacredsound. Project this balanced energy from your root chakra into your partner’s root chakra.Experiencethegivingandreceivingofthisenergytoandfromeachother.MakethisUH soundtogether7times.

Fig.9.3.Projectingvowelsintoeachother

SecondChakraNow focus your attention on the second (or sacral) chakra located about 3 inches below thenavel. The vowel sound for this chakra is an OOO sound (as in “you”). A color that willcomplement your visualization for this sound is orange. Begin to tone anOOO together. Nowfocusyourattentionontheareaofthesecondchakraandprojectthesoundthere.Asthesoundresonatesthesecondchakra,experiencethisenergycenterasbeingbalancedandalignedwiththe firstchakra.Project thisbalancedenergy fromyoursacralchakra intoyourpartner’ssacralchakra.Experiencethegivingandreceivingofthisenergytoandfromeachother.MakethisOOOsoundtogether7times.

ThirdChakraThe sound for the third (or navel) chakra, located around the navel and slightly above it, ispronouncedOH(asin“go”).Yellowwillcomplementyourvisualization.BegintotonetogetheraverygentleandsoftOH sound. Focus your attention on the navel area and project the soundthere. As the sound resonates this area, experience this energy center balancing and aligningwiththeotherchakras.Projectthebalancedenergyfromyourthirdchakraintoyourpartner’sthirdchakra.Experiencethegivingandreceivingofthisenergytoandfromeachother.MakethisOHsoundtogether7times.

FourthChakraThevowelsoundforthefourth(orheart)chakra,locatedinthemiddleofthechest,isAH(asin“father”).Ifyouwishtoaddacolortocomplementthissound,usegreen.BegintotonetogetherasoftandgentlemidrangeAHsoundand,asyoufocusyourattentionontheheartchakra,projectthe sound there. As you resonate the heart center with sound, experience this energy centerbalancingandaligningwiththeotherchakras.Projectthebalancedenergyfromyourheartchakra

intoyourpartner’sheartchakra.Experiencethegivingandreceivingof thisenergy toandfromeachother.MakethisAHsoundtogether7times.

FifthChakraThevowelsoundforthefifth(orthroat)chakraisEYE(asin“I”).Acolortocomplementthissoundisskyblue.BegintotonetogetheragentleEYEsound,andasyoufocusyourattentiononyourthroatchakra,projectthesoundthere.Asthesoundresonatesthethroatchakra,experiencethisenergycenterbalancingandaligningwith theotherchakras.Project thebalancedenergy fromyour throat center into your partner’s throat center. Experience the giving and receiving of thisenergytoandfromeachother.MakethisEYEsoundtogether7times.

SixthChakraThevowelsoundforthesixthchakra(orthirdeye),locatedontheforeheadbetweentheeyesandslightlyabove,isAYE(asin“say”).Acolorthatworkswellwiththissoundisindigo.Begintotonetogethera soft andgentleAYE. Look into your partner’s eyesandbecomeaware that, as youfocusyourattentiononthischakraandprojectthesoundtothatarea,thesoundisresonatingthethird eye and aligning and balancing this energy center with your other chakras. Project thebalanced energy from your third eye into your partner’s third eye. Experience the giving andreceivingofthisenergytoandfromeachother.MakethisAYEsoundtogether7times.

SeventhChakraThevowelsound for theseventh (orcrown)chakra, locatedat the topof thehead, is theEEEsound(asin“me”).Acolorthatisusedhereispurple.BegintotonetogetheragentleEEEsoundandasyoudo,closeyoureyes,projectingthissoundtoyourcrowncenter.Becomeawarethatthis sound is resonating the crown chakra, balancing and aligning this center with the otherenergy centers.Project thebalancedenergy fromyour crownchakra into your partner’s crownchakra.Experiencethegivingandreceivingofthisenergytoandfromeachother.MakethisEEEsoundtogether7times.

Nowbeinsilence.Thesoundingpartofthisexercisetakesapproximately20minutestocomplete.Asalways,it’s

thetimeofsilenceafterthesoundingthatcreatesthemostfrequencyshifts.Youwillnodoubtfeellightheadedaftertheexercise.Afterthisexperience,westronglyrecommendthatyoutakesometime—perhaps10minutesormore—tositinthesilencebeforedoinganythingelse.

Whatyoudoduringandafterthisexerciseis,ofcourse,dependentonwhatyour initial purpose was for doing this exercise together. No doubt, you willexperienceadeepconnectionwithyourpartner.Howthatconnectionmanifestsisuptoyou.Youmaybeinadeepstateofappreciationandlovewitheachother.Youmight (when you return to the land of the verbal) begin a deep, heartfeltcommunication that transcends anything you’ve previously experienced. Youmight want to explore the spiritual realms together. It is dependent on your

purpose.Weacknowledgethattheoutcomeofthisexerciseisalsodependentonwhat

we call “spirit” and the guidance systems with which you work. From ourexperienceworkingwithsound,wesuggestyoucanneverknowwhatisgoingtohappenwhenyoubeginusing soundas a cocreative frequency-shifting tool toenhanceyourwell-being.Weonlyknowitwillbebeneficial.

Tantricsoundingwithapartnercaninvolveceremonyorritual,andweareall for that. You canmake whatever room in which you are going to do thisexercise into a temple. Youmay light incense. Youmay invoke your guides,spirits, angels, deities, and blessings.Ritual helps focus and set the fieldwithintent.Andi,inparticular,isanexpertatdoingthistypeofritual.DedicatingtheexperiencetosomeparticularpurposesuchasworldpeaceorinvokingaBuddhaof compassion is also quite lovely. Setting an intention before you begin ishelpfulandcandeepenyourexperience.

Once you begin sounding the sacred vowel sounds, however, somethingphenomenal occurs. It must be experienced to be understood. In some tantricpractices, one visualizes the partner as a divine being, the embodiment of anactualdeity. In truth,whenyoureach thisnew levelofconsciousness,youarevibratingatahigherfrequency.

Eachexperienceisunique.Whatoccursforonecoupleatonetimemaynotoccurforthesamecoupleatanothertime.Soundcanbepsychotropicandmind-altering,butitisalsosafebecausesoundwillonlytakeindividualstothelevelof consciousness they are ready to achieve. We believe that each soundexperienceyouhaveisdivinelyguided.

It is important now to present a caveat about sound experiences: Don’tcompare. Not only are we all unique vibratory beings, but no one everexperiencesexactlythesamething.Eachandeverysoundexperienceyouhavewillbeuniquetoyoudependingonthetimeandtheplace.

It is interesting to note, however, thatwe’ve received reports from peoplewho have used these exercises and have actually reported similar innerexperiences.Sometimesthepeopleweretogetherinthesameroom.Sometimestheywereseparatedbybothtimeandspace,yetsharedverysimilarexperiences.This,indeed,maybeanindicationofthepowerofsoundand,inparticular,thepowerofthetantraofsound.Theimplicationsarequiteastounding—thattherearenotonlyspecificsoundsandresonantdeitiesassociatedwith thosesounds,but that there are also specific and real planes of consciousness that exist and

maybeexperienced.

NOTHINGHAPPENEDTherearealwayspeopleinourworkshopsthathaveadifferentinnerexperiencefrom the majority, or some who seemingly experience nothing out of theordinary. We acknowledge and honor all these experiences. Each soundexperiencethatyouhaveisasreal,valid,andspirituallyevolvingasthenext.

Once a student at one of our Healing Soundsworkshops, a lovely personwhowas thedirectorofa famousorchestra, listenedas theparticipants sharedtheirstoriesofspiritualphenomena.SomeonesawtheEyeofGod;anotherwasliftedoutofhisbodyandtransportedintothecelestialrealms.(Suchexperiencesare not uncommon at these workshops.) But this orchestral director simplylistened,shruggedhisshoulders,andsaid,“Nothinghappened!”

Finally,attheendofthesecondday,weputthismanintothecenterofthegrouptodoanexercisecalled“Songof theSoul,” inwhichthegroupchantedthisman’sname.Attheendoftheexercise,thisfellowimmediatelyopenedhiseyes,stoodup,andsaid,“Nothinghappened!Butthankyoufortheworkshop.Ihavetoleave.”Thenhewalkedintoanearbybroomclosetwhereheremainedforthenexthalf-hourwhilewecompletedtheworkshop.Afterclosure,wewentto thebroomclosetandhelpedhimprocesshisexperience.We thengroundedhim,usingsound techniques tobring theenergy fromhisupperchakras tohislowerchakras,helpinghimfeelmoreattunedtohisphysicalbody.Thisallowedhimtodrivehomesafely.

Wetellthisstorybecauseitisanexampleofsomeonewhowascomparinghisexperiencestoothers.Forthisman,“Nothinghappened!”andyetsomethingindeeddidhappen.Hesimplywasunawareofwhatwasgoingon,andperhapsheneverdidfindoutwhat“happened.”Butitisanexampleoftheimportanceofnot comparing or judging your own experiences against those of others.Something always happens with every person at their own level ofconsciousness.

We often perceive that the best experiences are those in which we letourselvesbeguidedbyourownspirit.Weencourageyoutoremainfocusedwithyourpurposeandintent.Stayopenandallowyourselvestohavetheexperiencethatwillbeforyourhighestspiritualdevelopment,eitherindividuallyorwithapartner.

Inthenextchapter,wetakeyouonasimilarjourneywiththebijamantras.Itisbothexcitingandpowerful,andonethatyouwon’twanttomiss.

10SOUNDINGTHEBIJASWITHAPARTNER

CHAKRA FREQUENCIES IS MOST CONCERNED with expanding ourawareness through sound to enhance greater understanding of ourselvesindividuallyandwithapartner.Ithasagreatdealtodowithdevelopingadeeperknowing of ourselves through sound. Sitting in sound for twentyminutes candistracteventhemostdedicatedlotharios,shiftingandchangingtheirfocusandconsciousness to another level. Self-created sounds slow down the heart rate,respiration,andbrainwaves.Yournervoussystemslockinsynchronywitheachother, and you begin to resonate together. You may experience all sorts ofphenomena, from telepathy to past-life recall.Youmay feel drunk, stoned, orblissed out, or seem tomerge into one divine being. (Remember, if you don’texperiencethis,don’tcompare:We’realluniquevibratorybeings.)Youmayfeela deep connection between the two of you unlike anything you have everexperiencedbefore.Thisintimacycomesfromaheartconnectionthathasbeenestablishedthroughthesoundexercisesandthechakraresonance.

BUILDINGYOUROWNTEMPLEWeoftenlistentoour“innerwisdom,”whichcansometimesmanifestasspiritguides.Atthismoment,aswewrite,oneguideinparticular,anoldIndiantantricmaster (speakingwith a distinctNewDelhi accent) is saying, “Give them thetoolsandthematerials—ahammer,wood,andsomenails!Butdonottellthemhowtobuildtheirhouse.Theymustdecidethatforthemselves.Forgetthefloorplansandblueprints.Thesewillcomewhentheyareready.”

Thus, throughout this book, we give you the tools and the material, thefrequencyandtheintent,andthevocalizationandthevisualization.Wesuggestthemanypossibleoutcomes.Withtheaboveexampleofusingahammer,wood,andnails,wecansuggestthemetaphorofusingthesoundtoolswe’reteachingtocreateasacredhealingplaceorperhapsatempleofdedicationforyourselves.

Butwhoknows,youmayendupbuildingaboatoranairplane.Orperhapsevenarocket—thesky(andtheuniverse)isthelimit.

Weaskthatyouuseyourimaginationduringtheseexerciseswithapartner.Wetrusttheenergyofsoundtosuchadegreethatweknowsoundcoupledwithintentwill takeyouandyourpartnertothoseplacesthatwillbeofthehighestbenefittoyouandyourrelationship.Asyoumayrecall,wedevotedachaptertoexploring your purpose. This was to help open you up and expand yourboundaries of consciousness so that the limitations and expectations youmayhaveaboutwhoyouareandwhatyoucandomaybemadeclearer, andmoreeasilyunderstood.

ChakraFrequenciesisaboutexpandingself-awarenessandenhancingchoicethrough increased intimacy.Whenyouwereyounger, your ideaof freedomofchoicemight have been to put your hand in the cookie jar and grab asmanychocolatechipcookiesasmightfitinyourgraspingfingers.Butasyougrewup,your notion of freedom of choice probably changed. Perhaps now, given theopportunitytoreachintothecookiejar,youmightonlytakeonecookie.Asyoueat it, youmight alsomeditate on the calories or the carbohydrates present inthat cookie while your taste buds enjoy the sweet chocolate chip sensations.Perhapsnow,asyou’rereadingthisbook,youmaybecontemplatingthepositivequalities that you want to embrace within you and in others, as well as theresponsibilityyouhaveregardingthis.

Importantqualitiestocontemplatewhendevelopinganintimaterelationship,eitherwithyourselforwithanotherperson,arecompassion,kindness,openandhonest communication, trust, self-love, and self-acceptance. As a trainedpsychotherapist,however,Andiisalltooawareofthechallengesanddifficultiesmany people have actually incorporating these beautiful and loving qualities.Oftenaschildrenweexperiencedeeptraumathatcanadverselyaffectusaswegrowintoadulthood.Theseinnerchildemotionalwoundingsneedtobehealedsothatwecanexperiencetheseupliftingandpositivequalities.

HEALINGTHEINNERCHILDTheconceptofthe“woundedinnerchild”isamainstayofmodernhumanisticandtranspersonalpsychology.Theconceptissimple:Aschildren,weexperienceatraumaticsituation;thetraumacanbesoseverethatitstayswithus,eventuallylodging inourunconscious.For example,wemighthavebeen stungbyabeewhenwewere threeyearsold,andfromthenonexperiencefearwheneverwe

seeabee.Asadults,wemayevendevelopadislikeforhoney,andwhoknows,perhaps insects of all kinds incite fear in us.We don’t know exactlywhywehave thesefeelingsbecauseasadultswehavenoconsciousrecollectionof thetrauma.

Noteveryonestungbyabeeinchildhoodisgoingtogrowintoabee-fearingadultbecauseofsuchaseeminglyminorincident.Infact,veryfewmight.Butifa child is continually stung by bees throughout childhood, the odds growconsiderably in favor of him or her having an adverse reaction to bees thatmanifestsindysfunctionalbehaviorasanadult.

Weusetheexampleofbeingstungbyabeeasasimplification.Thereare,ofcourse,countlessexperiencesthatcanemotionallywoundusaschildren,abuseonsomanylevels—physical,emotional,mental,orevenspiritual.Sinceweareaproductofeveryexperiencethatwehaveeverhad,wecarrytheseemotionalscars with us in our unconscious as we grow older. Our adult dysfunctionalbehavioroftenstemsfromtheseinnerchildwoundings.

Inordertohealthesewounds,wemustconsciouslyaddresstheissues.Thereare, of course, a multitude of different therapies that exist courtesy ofgroundbreaking psychologists such as Freud, Jung,Reich, Pearls,Rogers, andmanymore.

Being able to heal these emotional wounds is possible not only throughtherapy,butalso through lovingrelationships.OneofAndi’s favoritequotes isfrom Eric Fromm, the well-known psychologist, who said, “Nature’s naturalformoftherapyisalovingrelationship.”

Jonathan acknowledges that the most powerful therapy he has everencountered involves sound. One experience involved using sound to forgivehimself,releasingcompassionandloving-kindnesstohiswounded“innerchild.”This happened first through conscious awareness of a traumatic issue andacknowledgment of the pain hewas experiencing.He then used the power ofintention,coupledwiththepowerofsound,toreleasethisspecificwounding.Heconcluded this experience by giving nurturing and love to himself, the adultJonathan.

For Jonathan, it had to do with learning to generate compassion towardhimselfbyfirstgeneratingcompassiontowardlittleJohnny,thewoundedchildwithin.Hedidthiswithanexercisewedescribedinanearlierchapter,throughtoningtheheartsoundAHwhileprojectingtheintentionandenergyofloving-kindnessandcompassionofhisheartchakratohis“innerchild.”

COMPASSIONWe share this information about healing deep wounds because it is time toexpress the importance of compassion. What is compassion? It may meansomething different to each of us: self-love, unconditional love, empathy,nonjudgment, healing to all sentient beings, kindness. There are so manydifferent possible meanings. The French poet Charles Peguy said, “All lifecomesfromtenderness.”Theimportanceofcompassioniscrucialtoourhealingandintheexperiencingofourselvesinthefullnessofwhoweareashumans.

GeorgeLucasgaveaninterviewtoamajormagazinejustbeforethereleaseofhisfirst“prequel”StarWarsfilm.HewasdescribingthedifferencebetweentheLightSide(JediKnights)andtheDarkSide(theSith).Toparaphrasewhathe said, it was something like: The Jedi work with compassion, the Sith usegreed.Wewereinitiallyastoundedbythisstatement.Wehadneverconsideredthatanantonymforcompassionmightbegreed,butaswethoughtaboutitmore,we realized that for many people, the concept of compassion is difficult tounderstand,butpeopleknowwhatgreedis.

Greed is taking more “stuff ” than you need. It is selfishness, notselflessness.Itisactingfromfearbecausewhywouldyouwantmorethanyouneed,unlessyouareafraidthatyoudon’thaveenough?Whengreedispresent,peopleoftengethurtbecausethegreedypersonwilloftengotogreatlengthstogetwhathewants.

Manypeoplebelievethatfearistheoppositeenergyoflove,andweagree.From our perspective, fear is what is responsible for most of the ills on thisplanet—whether it’s people building walls to separate themselves from eachother; buying weapons to defend themselves or attack someone else; orstockpilingmoney,necessarymaterials,orfood(asopposedtosharingitduringtimesofgreatneed).Wecouldgoon,butwetrustyouunderstand.

Fearbringsout thewoundedchildren in all ofus.Love is thegreathealerthatallowsus togiveandbeofservice toeachother.Fromourperspective, itmaybe the singlemost important ingredient tobemanifestedon theplanet. Itheals our wounded inner children and helps us realize the interconnectednessbetweenallthings.Compassionallowsunityofconsciousness,whichallowsustobekindtoeachother.Inoneofhistalks,HisHolinesstheDalaiLamasaid,“Justbekindtoeachother.”Thesesimplewordshavestayedwithusandhavehadaprofoundeffectonus.

Incertainindigenousbeliefs,onedoesnotdoanactivitywithoutthinkingoftherepercussionsofthisactivityforsevengenerations.Forexample,youdon’tcutdownatreeifyouknowthattreemightbeusefultoothersformanyyearstocome,ratherthanjustprovidingfirewoodforyouoncoldnights.Withgreed—theoppositeofcompassion—youcertainlydochopdownthetree.Infact,youchopdownasmanytreesasyouwantbecauseyourthoughtsarenotofanyoneelsebutyourself,becauseyoufearbeingcoldandwantawarmfire.

If theworld couldbe asone,with all ofus realizingourunity as adivinespark of God/Goddess, as opposed to believing we are all individuals only(sometimesteamingupwithmy“God”versusyour“God”),itwouldchangetheplanet.InAndrewHarvey’sbookSunatMidnight(JeremyP.Tarcher,2002),hequotesFatherBedeGriffiths, the lateBenedictinemonkandmystic,whosaid,“InaMozartsymphony,thenotesarenotconfused;everysinglenoteandeverysophisticated shift of harmony is there, separately, but still contained in onemoment.”Wearealltrulycontainedandconnectedintheweboflife.

Let us begin by working together using sound with the intention ofgeneratingcompassion.Wecanguaranteethatasyouopentotheenergyofself-acceptance, unconditional love, appreciation, kindness, and tenderness, firsttowardyourselfandthentowardothers,itwillaffectthewayyouleadyourlife.Unquestionably, itwill influence thewayyou conduct yourself in partnership.Realistically,weknow that it is easier said than done, butwith the new skillsyou’redevelopingwiththeuseofsound,itispossible.

SOMETIPSONBIJAMANTRASAswereturntoourexerciseforthischapter—experiencingthebijamantraswitha partner—we trust we have stimulated your awareness of the power ofcompassion and sound. As we begin this exercise of the bija mantras, we’regoingtosuggestthatyoustartbysoundingwithapartner,toningthemantrasonasinglenote,chantinginamonotone,usingthesamenoteforeachbijamantra,and not necessarily evenmatching each other’s pitch.Again, this is a simple,effectiveexercisethatwillbalanceyourchakrasandthoseofyourpartner.

For those of you who are sonically more adventurous, here are somealternativemethods of sounding thebijamantraswith a partner. They are thesame methods we presented when suggesting different ways of sounding thevowels:

Soundthebijamantrasonasinglenote,chantinginamonotone,thesamenoteforeachbijamantra,andnotnecessarilymatchingeachother’spitch.Sound thebijamantraswithwhatever scale or combination of notes youfindcomfortable.SoundthebijamantrasusingtheC-majorscalegoingfromCtoDtoEtoFtoGtoAtoB.Soundthebijamantrasusingaseven-notemajorscalestartingonwhatevernoteyouwant.Soundthebijamantrasfromyourdeepestnotetoyourhighestnote.

Please note the importance of “Frequency + Intent = Healing” as well as“Vocalization+Visualization=Manifestation.”

We cannot repeat these formulas enough, as they are so potent. Pleaserememberthem.Pleasealsoremembertohavefunwhiledoingthisexercise.Inthe Bible it says to make a “joyful” sound, so please be as relaxed andcomfortableasyoucanbe.Itwillassistyouandyourpartnerintheexercise.

PREPARATIONFORTHEPARTNEREXERCISEAsalways, sit in a comfortable position,withyour back straight.Do this in aplacewhereyouwillnotbedisturbed.Assuggestedpreviously,whiletherearenumerousposturesavailable,sittingface-to-faceworksnicely.Weaddonemoresuggestion:Don’tjudgeyourselforyourpartner’ssound.

As you may recall from chapter 7, we suggested that you elongate theconsonant at the beginning of each bija mantra. When we chant these seedsyllables,atleastonethirdofthesound(sometimesevenhalfofourbreathandthereforeofthesound)isdevotedtocreatingthisfirstconsonant.WithLAMforexample,ifittakeseightsecondstosoundtheentireword,threeorfourofthosesecondsareoccupiedmakingtheLLLLsoundwhiletheremainingfoursecondsareequallysplitbetweentheAHandtheMMsounds.Ifweweretophoneticallywritethepronunciation,itwouldbesomethinglikeLLLLLLLL-AAAH-MMMM.

Forthisparticularexercise,wewantyoutofocusyourattentionfirstonthesound and the chakra. Then, after some practice, you can add a color or avisualizationifyouwish.

BijaMantraswithaPartnerExercisePlease start by takinga fewdeepbreaths, releasingwith a sighanything that youdon’t need.Now,asyoubegintofeelyourselfbecomingcentered,takeamomenttofocusyourthoughtsandsetyourintention.Youmaydothissilentlyoroutloud,whicheverwayfeelsmorecomfortable.

Fig.10.1.soundingthebijamantraswithapartner

FirstBijaWe begin with the first (or root) chakra and themantra LAM. Sound themantra as LLLLLLL-AAAH-MMM, usinga comfortablepitch.Focusyourattentionon the root chakra locatedat thebaseofyourspine.Youmaycloseyoureyeswhileyouaremakingthissoundor,betteryet,lookintoyourpartner’seyes.Feelthesoundvibratingthisarea.Becomeawarethattheenergycenterassociated with this area is also resonating, becoming balanced and aligned. Project thisbalanced energy from your root chakra into your partner’s root chakra, and allow yourself toexperiencethegivingandreceivingofthebalancedenergyfromeachother’srootchakra.SoundtheLAMmantratogether7times.

SecondBijaNow focus your attention on the second (or sacral) chakra, located about 3 inches below thenavel.ThebijamantraforthisisVAM,pronouncedVVVVVVV-AAAH-MMMM.BegintosoundtheVAM in a comfortable pitch. Now focus your attention on the area of the second chakra andproject the sound there. As the sound resonates the second chakra, experience this energycenterbeingbalancedandaligned.Projectthisbalancedenergyfromyoursacralchakraintoyourpartner’ssacralchakra,allowingyourselftoexperiencethegivingandreceivingofthebalancedenergyfromeachother’ssacralchakra.SoundtheVAMmantratogether7times.

ThirdBija

Thebijamantraforthethird(ornavel)chakra,locatedaroundthenavel,isRAM.BegintotoneaverygentleandsoftRAM pronouncedRRRRRRRRAAAH-MMMM.Focusyourattentionon thenavelareaandprojectthesoundthere.Asthesoundresonatesthisarea,experiencethisenergycenter balancing and aligning with the other chakras. Project the balanced energy from yourchakraintoyourpartner’schakra,allowingyourselftoexperiencethegivingandreceivingofthebalancedenergyfromeachother’sthirdchakra.SoundtheRAMmantratogether7times.

FourthBijaThebijamantra for the fourth(orheart)chakra, located in thecenterofyourchest, isYAM.Aspreviouslymentioned,wefinditeasiesttoaddanEEEsoundbeforetheYtoelongatetheY,sothat the pronunciation isEEEEEE-YAAH-MMMM. Begin to tone this in the same comfortablemannerthatyouhavebeenusing.Focusyourattentionontheheartchakraandprojectthesoundthere.Asyouresonatetheheartcenterwithsound,experiencethisenergycenterbalancingandaligning with the other chakras. Project the balanced energy from your heart chakra into yourpartner’sheartchakra,allowingyourself toexperience thegivingand receivingof thebalancedenergyfromeachother’sheartchakra.SoundtheYAMmantratogether7times.

FifthBijaNowfocusyourattentiononyourfifth(orthroat)chakra,locatedatthethroat.Thebijamantraforthischakra isHAM. (Aswementioned in thechapteronchanting thebijamantras individually,we’vefoundthatit’ssometimesdifficulttomakeanelongatedHsoundunlessitisanaspirateHthatissoundedverysoftlysothattheHHHalmostridesatfirstonthebreathandthenbecomeslouder.)It’spronouncedHHHHHHH-AAAHMMMM.BegintotonetheHAMmantraandfocusyourattentiononthethroatchakra,projectingsoundthere.Asthesoundresonatesthethroatchakra,experiencethisenergycenterbalancingandaligningwiththeotherchakras.Projectthebalancedenergyfromyourthroatchakraintoyourpartner’sthroatchakra,allowingyourselftoexperiencethegivingandreceivingof thebalancedenergy fromeachother’s fifthchakra.Sound theHAMmantratogether7times.

SixthBijaNowfocusyourattentiononthesixthchakra,oftencalledthethirdeye,locatedontheforeheadmidway between the eyes and slightly above. The bija mantra for this chakra is SHAM,pronouncedSSSSHHH-AAAH-MMMM.Begintotonethatsamecomfortablenoteyouhavebeenusingthroughoutthisexercise.Ifpossible,lookintoyourpartner’seyeswhenmakingthissound.Now focus your attention on this chakra and project the sound to that area. As the soundresonates the third eye, experience this energy center aligning and balancing with your otherchakras.Project thebalancedenergy fromyour thirdeye intoyourpartner’s thirdeye,allowingyourself to experience the giving and receiving of the balanced energy fromeach other’s thirdeye.MakethisSHAMsoundtogether7times.

SeventhBijaThebijamantrafortheseventh(orcrown)chakra,locatedatthetopofthehead,isOM.Foruseinthisexercise,wesimplypronounceitOOOOOHHH-MMMM.BegintotonetheOMmantrainacomfortablevoice.Ifpossible, lookintoyourpartner’seyes.Focusyourattentiononyourcrowncenterandbegin toprojectsound there.As thesoundresonates thecrownchakra,experiencethis energy center balancing and aligningwith the other chakras. Project the balanced energy

from your crown chakra into your partner’s crown chakra, allowing yourself to experience thegivingandreceivingofthebalancedenergyfromeachother’scrownchakra.ChanttheOMsoundtogether7times.

Nowbeinsilence.

Aftertwentyminutesofsounding,youandyourpartnermaybelightheadedandvibrationallyattuned.Sitinthisjoyful,blissfulstateofmeditationandenjoythisexperience.

You have been sounding, resonating, and balancing your chakras as theenergyhasmovedupyour spine into your head and above.Allowyourself atleasttenminutesforthismeditation,andthenforhowevermuchtimeasyou’dlike, stay in silence tohave that experienceor activity that is foryourhighestpurposeat thisparticularmoment inyourmutualdevelopment.Allowyourselfenoughtimetoenjoyfullythebenefitsthataccompanythistoningpractice.

PARTIV

OTHERAPPLICATIONS

11TONINGDURINGEMOTIONALTURMOIL

THUSFAROURCENTEROFATTENTIONhasbeenonusingsoundexercisessuchasVowelsasMantrasandtheBijaMantras to resonateourselvesandourpartner inorder to enhance self-awareness inwhatever form thatmay take. Inpart IV, we’ll offer more suggestions for using self-created sound, includingalternative sounds to assist in healing relationships that may be experiencingdifficulty.

Sometimesaseeminglysmallthingcantriggeranemotionalupheaval.Itcanbehelpfultohavetoolstoassistyouinmovingthroughtheturmoil,particularlywhenyouandyourpartnerareindisharmonyandtheeasiestthingisforoneofyoutothrowadish,raiseyourvoice,orstormoutofthehouse.

ENTRAINMENT101Beforewetalkaboutthesesoundstrategiesthatcanbenefitandhelpalteryourdisharmonious relationship moments, we’d like to remind you aboutentrainment, thatphenomenonof sounddiscussed inchapter2.Entrainment isthe ability of sound to shift and change the vibrational level of a person orpersons. On a scientific level, it has to do with psychoacoustics, how soundaffectsthenervoussystemandbrain.

Entrainmentisanaspectofsoundcloselyrelatedtorhythmicsoundsandthewaytheserhythmsaffectus.Itisaphenomenonofsoundinwhichthepowerfulrhythmic vibrations of one object will cause the less powerful vibrations ofanotherobjecttolockinstepandoscillateatthefirstobject’srate.

The oscillators of television sets, radio receivers, and other similarequipment lock on to each other and entrain. By changing channels on atelevision,youareadjustingthefrequencyofyourset’soscillatorstomatchthefrequency of the broadcast station’s oscillators. When the frequencies come

close to one another, they suddenly lock, as if they “want” to pulse together.Usually,thefastestoscillatorwillforcethesloweronestooperateatitspace.

Liketelevisionsets,livingorganismssuchashumanbeingsalsooscillate—they pulse, vibrate, and have rhythm. These rhythms of life allow forentrainment. Entrainment is found throughout nature and particularly withhuman beings. Female college roommates, for example, often havemenstrualcycles that synchronize.Muscle cells from the heart, when they move closertogether, suddenly shift in their rhythm and start pulsing together, perfectlysynchronized.Thisentrainmentalso takesplacewhen twopeoplehaveagoodconversation. Their brain waves oscillate synchronously. Such entrainment isseenintherelationshipbetweenstudentsandtheirprofessors.Psychotherapistsandclientsentrainwitheachother,asdopreachersandtheircongregation.Theirheartrates,respiration,andbrainwavesallsynchronizewitheachotherduetothisphenomenon.

Withinourownbodies,weareconstantlylockinginourownrhythms.Ourheart rate, respiration, and brain waves all entrain to each other. If you slowdownyourbreath,forexample,youslowdownyourheartbeatandbrainwaves.Conversely,ifyouareabletoslowdownyourbrainwaves,youcanaffectyourheartrateandrespiration.Thisisoneoftheprinciplesofbiofeedback.Justasthefunctions of the human body can entrain to each other, it is possible to useexternalrhythmstoaffecttheinternalmechanismsofheartrate,respiration,andbrainwaveactivity.

Through working with self-created sounds with someone else, this oftenoccursmutually,allowingustoresonatewitheachother—shiftingandchangingtherhythmsofourbrainwaves,heartbeat,andrespiration.Itisnotnecessaryforeitherpartnertobeinastateofblissandsurrenderwheninitiallyworkingwithself-created sounds in order to create harmony between them. Self-createdsoundscanshiftthefrequencylevelsofbothpeoplesimultaneously.Thisishugebecause frequently during times of disharmony in a relationship our naturalresponse is thefight-or-flightmechanism:We’reeithergoinghead-onwithourpartnerorwe’releaving.

FIGHTORFLIGHTVERSUSFREQUENCYSHIFTING

What if itwere possible to offer a third alternative to disharmony? Instead of

fightorflight,whatifweconsideredfrequencyshiftingthroughthefocuseduseofself-createdsoundasareactiontodisharmony?

We know how difficult this can be. Too often, when we’ve reacheddisharmony(anger,sadness, fear—whatever itmaybe), it’ssomucheasier forustoreactwithhastilychosenwordsorbehaviorsthatunconsciouslycomefromour emotional wounding. What you’ll begin to notice is that even this is anaspectofentrainment.Yes,thephenomenonofentrainmentisnotonlyusefulforcreating harmony and peace between partners, it’s also often responsible forcreatingdisharmony.

Haveyoueverbeeninasituationwhereyouwerefeelingcalmandrelaxed,andthenyourpartnerchargedintotheroomwithsomeirritatingproblemhewashaving? Despite your seeming calmness, within moments you might both beshouting.Thisisentrainment.Remember,entrainmentgoesbothways:Itcanbeusedtocreateharmony,butthephenomenonoffrequencyhasnoconscienceandcanalsocreatedisharmony.Thus,ifyou’reinameetingandtheleaderwantstogeteveryonechargedup, all shehas todo is a little shoutingwith somewell-chosenwordsand,suddenly,apreviouslycalmenvironmentcanbecomeoneofhysteriaandanger.Thistooisentrainment.Sometimesthelargerthegroup,theeasieritisfortheleadertochangethefrequencylevelofthegroupthroughwell-chosensounds.

Withregardtorelationships,weaskagain:Whatif,insteadofbeingreactiveandeither fightingor fleeingduring timesofdisharmony,oneof thepeople intherelationshiphadtheawarenesstousesoundtodrownthefiresofthefight-or-flightmechanism?

Ononelevel,thisseemsunrealistic,butwhatifwetoldyouitcouldactuallyworkandbeeffective?Emotional reactions,particularly in timesof stress, aredifficult to handle, but we have some basic sound strategies that are easy toimplement.

THESCENARIOOFJOHNANDMARYJohn andMary have been living together for awhile. They deeply love eachotherand,ofcourse,thereareissuesthattheyneedtoheal.Theymaynothaveyetdealtwiththeirwoundedinnerchild.It’sdinnertime.Johnhasreturnedfromaharddayat theofficeandhe’shungry.Mary’shadherowndifficultdayandthe dinner she promised to put on the table is not yet cooked. John has said

somethingtoMaryaboutherpromisingtotakecareofdinnerthatnight.Perhapsshehasmisinterpretedwhat Johnhas said,orperhapshe’s inadvertentlybeingcruel.Eitherway,herwordsbegintoheatupandthensodohis.

ThingsescalateandMaryhasnowdeliveredaverbalcoupdegracetoJohn,pushing all of his emotional buttons. He does the same to her. Now, John israging.SoisMary.Somethinghastogive.

Weknowthatjustastherearerepeatingpatternscausedbyourunconsciousinner-childwounds,thereareargumentsthatcontinuallyoccurbetweencouplesusuallyoversimilar,ifnotexactlythesame,repeatedissues.

We have been in similar situations. Everyone has. One of the greatesttemporaryhealingmechanismswewant tosharewithyouissimplytomakeasound together.Yes, that’s all there is to it. Stop your shouting; put down theplate; stoppacking foryourmother’s;putdownyourovercoatanddon’twalkoutthedoor!Instead,takeabreath,lookeachotherintheeyes,andsoundanAHoranOM three times together. It canbe challenging,but if youcando it, theenergybetweenyoutwowillshift.Ittakespractice,butitiswellworthitinthelong run. It can create an opening for you to get back to the love that hastemporarilybeenmisplaced.Itcanshifttheactualfrequencyofthemomentandopenupaspaceforyoutocommunicatewitheachotherinasanemanner.

Aswe’vementionedpreviously,thesimpleAHsoundisagreatonetomaketo activate compassion and heart energy. So is OM. If both partners canmomentarilyceasetheirarguingandsoundtogetherforjustafewmoments,theresultscanbeastounding.Soundingtogetherlikethiscangenerateempathyandloving-kindnessbetweenthetwoofyouasyoubothexperiencefrequencyshifts.

Thismay soundunfathomable for couples locked in the throesof aheatedargument,butwemusttellyouhoweffectivethisexerciseis.Giveitatry!

Through entrainment on a physiological level, you will both immediatelybegintocalmyourheartrate,brainwaves,andrespiration.Afterevenonlythatfirst breath followed by an AH or OM sound, you will start to experienceimmediatetransformationonanemotionalormentallevel.

Weguaranteethatifyoutrymakingasoundtogetherinthemidstofafight,youwill feeldifferent.Theonlydifficulty,of course, is remembering todo it.Discussingthisparticularstrategyaheadoftimewhenyou’rebothinapositivestateishelpful.Giveyourselvespermissiontopractice,andsettheintentionthatyou’lldoyourbestwhentheheatedbattlehappens.

MAKEANAGREEMENTTOSOUNDIfbothpartnersagree that thenext time theyare inadisharmonious situation,one will suggest they make a sound together, or perhaps just start making asound,thiswillworkwell.Atooltohelpisforonepersonintherelationshiptosaysomethinglike,“Holdonforaminute.Wouldyoumakeasoundwithme?”Oftenhaving akeywordorphrase agreedon aheadof timecanbebeneficialwhenyou find yourself in a disharmonious situation that youwant to change.Jonathanlikestosay:“Quick—makeanOm!”Andisays:“PleaseOmwithme,now!”

Again,we know how difficult it is to shift the psychological patterns andloopswe’reusuallycaught inat these times. It takesalmosta superhuman (orshouldwe say superconscious) effort on thepart of oneof thepeople to evenbreak away from the loop for amoment to suggest this alternative.But if theotherpersoncanjustnodhisheadandforamomentagreetosound(withallhisangerandfuryintact),theymightfindrelief.

It is one thing to be sitting in a beautifully decorated room with candlesburningandbeautifulcoloredlightsglowingwhileyousoundthesacredvowelsorthebijamantrastogetherinordertoinitiateatantricexperiencebetweenthetwoofyou.Itisquiteanothertobesnarlingateachotherandbeabletotakeafewmomentstocreatehealingsounds.Perhapswhenyouandyourpartneraresittinginyourbeautifullydecorated“tantrictemple”soundingtogether,youcanuse this as a time to agree to tone together at some later time of disharmony,therebyre-creatingaharmoniousrelationshipwitheachother.

In other words, make an agreement ahead of time so when you do findyourself in a battle situation, you’ll make an effort to sound together beforeeither of you does one of your more drastic routines (walking out the door,droppingdishes).Asasuggestion,wecanthinkofnobettertimeorsituationtomakethisagreement thanwhenyouareboth inharmonywitheachotherafterhavingjustresonatedyourchakrastogetherinsound.

THEJOHNANDMARYSCENARIO—REVISITEDJohn andMary have just completed one of the two powerful sonic exerciseswe’vepresented.Whether they’veused thebijamantrasor the sacredvowels,they are in harmony. Their nervous systems, heart rate, respiration, and brainwaves—not tomention theirchakrasandetheric fields—are in resonancewith

each other. They look at each other adoringly and see the god and goddesswithin.Theyarebothdivineentitieswhohavemanifestedonthephysicallevelto enjoy all its wondrous sensations. As they gaze lovingly into each other’seyes, they realize how powerful sound is as a tool to create harmony withinthemselvesandbetweenthem.

At thismagic tantricmoment, John says toMary (or perhaps vice versa):“Honey, ifweever findourselves arguing, let’s remember touse sound togetourselves back in balance.” And Mary agrees. At that time, they haveprogrammed themselves (and their higher consciousness) to do that mostdifficult of tasks: toning during emotional turmoil. At some later time, thisagreementwillallowoneofthesepartnersduringtheheightofbattletosaythewords: “Let’s stop andmake sound!”With this, the power of sound can startshiftingandchangingtheirreality.

(Now,ofcourse,weknowthatafteryouandyourpartnerhavebeenengagedinthesemagictantricmomentsashavejustbeendescribed,youwillneveragainbeoutofharmonyorresonancewitheachother—andthustheneedfor toningduringtraumawillnotbenecessary!But,justincaseitis,you’llbeready!)

TONINGDURINGSTRESSToningduringemotionalstressisexcellentifyou’refeelingoutofharmonywithyour partner, but it’s also beneficial if you’re feeling out of harmony withyourself. It can be done at any time—you don’t have to be in the fumes of afight.Youcansimplybeat theplacewhere the jaggededgeofdiscomforthasbegun to emerge.When that happens, stop, take a deep breath, and get someOMsorAHsoutassoonaspossible.

Oddsarethejaggededgewilldisappearandyou’llsoonbeinaharmoniousstate to discuss and heal whatever is bothering you. Usually, we find whenmaking sounds during turbulent emotional moments that whatever the initialinstigator of the problem might have been—late dinner, early breakfast,whatever—it will eventually seem insignificant. You might even end uplaughingaboutthesillinessofthewholething.

Whenyoumakesoundsintheheatofanargument,oddsarethatevenifyourtones together in the tantric templewere sweet and angelic, in themidst of afight,you’llbe luckyifeitherofyoursoundsaremore thanagrunt.That firstAHorOMcanbedifficulttosoundand,usually,it’snotgoingtobeharmonious.

But remember, it is frequency plus intent. Even if you’re only halfheartedlyagreeingtomakeasoundtogether,oncethosegrunt-liketonesbegintoemerge,theresultscanbesurprising.

Here’sanotherhint: Ifyoufind thatmakingthree tonesofAHorOM isn’tenough, go for more. In difficult situations, making even more sound isrecommended as necessary for restoring balance. Sometimes it takes a fewminutesofsoundtoputyoubackinresonancewitheachother.Usually,makingthosefirstthreetonesisenoughtoputeachofyouintoanemotionalplacewhereyou realize the need for creatingmore sound together. Taking time to restoreharmonyisprobablyalotbetter thanoneofyouspendingasleeplessnightonthe sofa. Sometimes, as stated, it only takes three simple AH sounds—particularlyeffectivewhensoundedwithcompassionfromtheheart—tochangetheoutcome.Whateverittakes,it’sworthit.

This chapterwould not be complete if we did not bring in and honor thework of our dear friend and master sound healer Sarah “Saruah” Benson, anextraordinaryteacherofsoundandlovewhohassharedmanydifferentpowerfulsoundexerciseswithus.ThoseofyouwhohavereadHealingSoundsknowthatSarahwas Jonathan’soriginal initiator into themysteriesof sound;Sarah laterbecameoneofAndi’simportantteachersofsoundaswell.OneofSarah’smainareasofexpertiseisworkingwithsoundtohealtheemotionalbody.

Sarah has a seemingly endless vocabulary of emotional sound healingtechniques.Forthisbook,weofferoneofourfavorites,anexercisewecallthe“LullabytoYourInnerChild.”Thoseofyouwhoareparentsknowthepowerofalullabywhenyourlittlelovedonecan’tsleeporisinpainandneedssoothingand nurturing. With a lullaby, you naturally do this with sound. Here is anexerciseinwhichyoucandoself-healingforownyourinnerchild,soothingandnurturingyourselfthroughyourownself-createdsound.

LullabytoYourInnerChildAlullabytoyourowninnerchild isaremarkablesonictoolusefulforhealingthewoundedchildwithin. It’s simple and easy. First, find yourself a comfortable space where you will not bedisturbedbyanyone.Next,setforthanintentionofunconditionalloveandtendernesstowardyourprecious inner child. It’s important to createaspacewhereyouwill have the freedom tomakesoundwithoutneeding tobeconsciousof yourvoice. It’s important thatyouhave this freedomwithalloftheexercisesinthisbook,butparticularlywiththisone.Youprobablywon’tbeveryloudatall,butit’snicetohavethatoptionforwhateversoundsneedtomanifestforthisexercise.

Beginbyhuggingyourself and imaginingyourself getting in touchwith your inner child.Youmaywanttoholdapilloworastuffedanimalwithyoureyesclosedasyou’rebringingyourinner

childintoyourmind’seye.Imaginehowoldyouareandwhatyoulooklike:Areyouaninfantoratoddler?Whatareyouwearing?Begin tohumgently foras longasyou like.Let thehummingslowlyandcomfortablyturnintoalullabythatyousingtoyourself.Imagineallthelovingthoughtsbeingsungtoapreciouschild.Ifpossible,don’ttrytosingsomepreconceivedmelody,justallowyourselftobeaconduitofthesoundthatwantstocomethrough.

Ifwe’velearnedanythingfromSarah, it istotrustthesoundcurrent,that is, tobelieveinthepowerofunconscioussoundcoupledwithunconditionallovetocreatemiracles.Allowthesoundofthelullabytocomethroughyouasyouholdandhugthechildwithin.Ifitwants,thesoundwillgrowfromthehumyouinitiallycreatedtoatonewithamelodythatnourishesyourchildwithin.Wordsmayevenaccompanythesesounds.Allowyourselftheabilitytocreatewhateversoundswanttoemergefromyou.Youmayfindthatwithinafewminutesofsingingthislullaby(itwillbeglorious, regardless of the tones or tunes you use), your childwithinwill be nurtured by theseemotionallyhealingsounds.

Toning your inner child’s lullaby is a wonderful exercise that you must experience tounderstand.Soundcanbypassthatpartofthebrainandpsychewhereallourbarriersandblocksremain,accessingareasoftheconsciousandunconsciousthathavebeenhiddenordistantfromus.BytoningtheLullabytoYourInnerChild,youmaybeabletocomfortandhealanaspectofyourselfthathasnotbeenaccessiblebefore.Youmayevenbeabletohealdeepissues.

TheInnerChildLullabywithaPartnerTheLullabytoYourInnerChildisnotjustforyou.Youcandoitwithyourpartner,particularlyintimes of difficulty. It requires great amounts of trust and intimacy on both your parts, but therewardsareworthit.Whenyoureachthatplacewhereeitherofyou(orperhapsbothofyou)iswilling to receive thepowerof thisexercise,all youdo is this:Oneofyouwill surrender to theother,lyinginthearmsofyourpartnertobecomfortedandcuddledwhileyouarebeingsungaspeciallullabycreatedjustforyouatthismoment.

Whileinthisstateofsurrender,yourpartnerwillbegintotonetheLullabytoYourInnerChildforyou.Youmay feeluncomfortableat firstbecause this lullabyhassuchpower to reachdeepwithin those hidden parts of you. But as the sound continues you will feel a deep emotionalresonanceoccurringwithinyou.Receive!Receivetheloveandblessingsthatarebeingbestowedonyouthroughthesound.

Andifyouwant,andifitfeelsappropriate,youmaytonealongwithyourpartneraswell.Butwe first recommend just receiving the lightand love throughsound that isbeingcreatedby theLullabytoYourInnerChild.

Experimentwith these basic strategies for using sound to create shifts andchanges during emotional turmoil or stressful situations of any nature. Theseexerciseswork.Givethematry.Utilizethemwiththelovingpowerofintention,andseewhatadifferencethatmakesinyourlifeandinyourrelationships.

12OVERTONESANDOTHERSOUNDS

INTHEPREVIOUSSECTIONS,wehavefocusedprimarilyonusingthetoolsof the bijamantras and the sacred vowel sounds. If thesewere the only self-created sounds that youwere ever toworkwith, theywould be enough for alifetime,perhapsseverallifetimes.Wewouldberemiss,however,ifwedidnotmention four additional sounds that we have worked with and found to beparticularlyusefulforfrequencyshifting.

The first of these soundsmanifested for Jonathan during his research intovocalharmonicsashedescribesinHealingSounds.ItistheNURRsound(oraswe sound it,NNNN-UUUU-RRRR).This sound is used toopen anewchakra,called the Angel chakra, located midway between the third eye and crownchakra.(Wediscussthischakralaterinthischapter.)Thissoundisgreattouseindividuallyorwithapartnerwhileprojectinglightintothisarea.

The second of these sounds,MUAHZIDT was sharedwith us by our dearfriends Jill Schumacher andMeredithMcCord, nurse practitioners andhealerswho have done groundbreakingwork in vibration and soundwith the ancientEgyptianMysteries.ThissoundispartofanancientEgyptianpracticecalledthe“GreatWork,” in which energy wasmoved from the root chakra through thecrownchakratobalanceandaligntheenergycentersandenergybodies.We’veaddedabitmoretothesoundthanwhatwehadinitiallyreceivedandpronounceitMMMM-OOOO-AAAAHHH-ZZZ-III-DDD-TTT.

Thethirdofthesesounds,VIZ,hasanunknownorigin.Itcametousthrougha meditation on the Nature kingdom. It is pronounced VVVVIII-ZZZZ. Weexplainmoreaboutthissoundlaterinthechapter.

ThefourthsoundismuchliketheAHorOMsound.Itisauniversalsoundthatmanybelieve tobe thename for theDivine.Outof all the sounds in thischapter, this sound is certainly the most known, found in many differenttraditions. It is theHU sound, powerful when sounded individually or with a

partner.

THENURRSOUNDWe use theNURR sound to teach vocal harmonics. It rhymes with the word“her.”ItisphoneticallywrittenNNNN-UUUU-RRRR.

Asclearlightisactuallymadeofthefullspectrumofcolors,sosoundsthatwe hear and create are made of a spectrum of tones called harmonics orovertones.Harmonicsaresoundswithinsoundsthatmakeupthetextureoftone;theyare,infact,thecomponentsthatcreatethetimbreortonecolorofsound.

Theseharmonics,orovertones,aremathematically related toeachothersothatthefirstovertonevibratestwiceasfastasthefundamentaltone,thesecondovertone vibrates three times as fast as the fundamental, the third overtonevibrates four times as fast as the fundamental, and so on. Each succeedingovertone goes faster and faster. This does not mean, however, that we canactually differentiate or hear overtones—particularly very high, fast ones.Overtonesarenomoreindividuallyrecognizablethanthecolorsofthespectrumin clear light. With light, you can use a prism to separate the colors. Withovertones, you can developways of using your voice to separate and amplifyharmonics.Inparticular,youcanusethevowelsoundsaspresentedinthisbook.Nodoubt,asmanyofyouworkedwiththeexercisesutilizingvowels,youwerepuzzledbysomemysterioussoundsthatappearedwhileyouweresoundingthevowel.Youmayhaveheard awhistling sound, a buzzing sound, or perhaps aghost-likevoice.Theseareovertones,orharmonics,createdbyyourvoice.

Specific overtones are associated with each of the vowel sounds andmanifestastheyarevocalized.Theseovertones,createdfromvowelsounds,arethefirst tenorsoovertonesof theovertoneseries.Somewell-trainedovertonesingerscanactuallygeneratemanymoreovertonesthroughspecifictechniques.

Sincethisisnotabookonovertones,wehavenotdiscussedthissubjectuntilnowbecauseyoucandoanyofthepreviousexercisesinthisbookeasilywithoutanyconsciousknowledgeofovertones.However,withtheNNNN-UUUU-RRRRsound,itisdifficulttodescribewithoutbringingovertonesintoyourawareness.

TheNNNN-UUUU-RRRR soundwas originally taught to Jonathan back inthemid-1980sbyDr.TedLevin,amemberof theHarmonicChoir,asasoundthatwould enhance the creation of vocal overtones. There aremany differenttechniquesfordoingthis;theuseofvowelsoundsismerelyone.Whencreating

thissound,JonathanwastoldtofirstgethisnosevibratingwithaNNNNsound.Besidesbeinganessentialpartofcreatingvocalharmonics, thisNNNN sound,incidentally,canhelpopenyoursinuspassagewaysifyouhaveacold.

TrythisNNNNsound,gettingyournosetovibrate.ManypeoplefinditbesttoaddanEEEE,soitsoundslikeanelongatedversionoftheword“knee.”It’shelpfultoputafingeroneithersideofyournoseinordertofeelthesensationsof your nasal cavity vibrating. We’ve found that people occasionally havedifficulty bringing the sound up into their head andmaking this nasal sound;instead, the NNNN sound vibrates mostly down in their chest. In thesecircumstances,wehaveourstudentspretendthey’rechildren,going“Nah-Nah-Nah-Nah-Nah.”Allofasudden,thesoundisupintheirhead,andthey’reabletofeeltheresonanceoftheNNNNsound.

ThenextpartoftheNNNN-UUUU-RRRRsoundinvolvesmakingtheUUUUsound.ThisUUUUsoundismadeinthebackofthethroat;it’sveryguttural,asthoughyouweremakingtheUHsound,thevowelsoundofthefirstchakra.

NowbringthesoundtothefrontofyourmouthwiththeRRRRsound.Somepeoplefinditeasytomakethissound;it’sasoundfromchildhoodlikewhenwemadethesoundofanengineoraplanetakingoff.WiththeRRRRsound,yourtongueisaboutaquarter-inchtoahalf-inchbehindyourteeth;itisnottouchingthe roof of your mouth, but vibrating on a layer of saliva. Some people alsocurvetheirtonguesforthis.Ifyouarehavingdifficulty,tryaddinganEEEEtothis,sothatyouaremakingtheelongatedsoundRRRREEEE(asin“he”).

You’re probably getting your nose vibrating with the NNNNN sound,bringing it to thebackof the throatwith theUUUUU sound,andbringing thesoundforwardwiththeRRRRsound.(AnotherwaythatyoucantrythissoundisbyaddinganEEEEsoundat theendandpronouncingit,NNNNEEEE-UUUU-RRRREEEE.) If you havemade the sound in these three different places, youshouldbehearing ahigh,whistle-like sound.These are audibleovertonesyouhavecreatedfromtheNURRsound.AsyouexperimentwiththeNURR sound,continue being nasal as you make the sound and slightly move your tonguearound the roof of yourmouthwhenyou come to theRRRR part.Adding theEEEEsoundattheendmaybeparticularlyhelpfulinhearinghigherharmonics.

THENURRSOUNDANDLIGHTThereareanumberofinterestingaspectstotheNURRsound.Itisexcellentfor

learningtocreatevocalharmonics.Itisawordfor“light”inanumberofmid-eastern and Eastern languages. NURR is the sound that Jonathan made in aMayantempleinPalenquethatcausedthechambertobecomeilluminated.Hereiswhathappened.

Jonathan was in Mexico in 1987 for the Harmonic Convergence. Oneevening,hewasinaMayantemplewithagroupofpeople.Theguide,whomusthave had esoteric knowledge, pointed to a doorway in the temple and said toJonathan,“Makesoundhere,” thenhe turnedoffhis flashlight.JonathanmadetheNURRsound.Theroombecameilluminated.Morethanahalf-dozenpeopleexperienced this. The guide then turned his flashlight back on. There was nodiscussionandthegroupmovedon,buttheexperienceneverleftJonathan.

THEANGELCHAKRATenyearslater,wewereteachingtheNURRsoundinaworkshop,andJonathanbecameawarethatapowerfulenergywasbeingprojectedfromtheskullsofthestudents.Herealizedthattheenergywasbeingprojectedintheareabetweenthethird eye and crown. This area,whichwe call theAngel chakra, seems to beassociatedwiththeinpouringandoutpouringoflightintoandfromthebody.

In our workshops we now have students make this NURR sound whilevisualizingthesoundgoingthroughtheroofofthemouth,upthroughthesinuscavity and into the pituitary-pineal-hypothalamus area, causing light to beprojectedoutfrom(andatthesametime,receivedinto)thisarea.Itisoneofthemostpowerfulinitiationspeoplehaveexperiencedinourworkshops.

WehavegivenelaborateexplanationsoftheNURRsoundsoyouwillbeabletoexperienceiteasily.Itisnicetodobyyourself,andevenbettertoexperiencewithapartner.ThissoundexerciseisawonderfulwaytosharelightandlovebyconnectingyourAngelchakras.

Fig.12.1.ThelocationoftheAngelchakraandthepathoftheNURRsoundtoactivateit

TheAngelchakraappearstobeanewchakrathatisbecomingactivatednowformanypeoplewhoareworkingwithhigherconsciousness. It seems tobeawayofbringingmore light andhighervibrations into thephysical and ethericbodies from higher dimensions. It is also a way of getting information fromguidesandangelicbeings,thusthenameAngelchakra.

WerecommendthatyouactivateandutilizetheAngelchakraafteryouhaveactivatedallsevenchakrasthroughthesoundexercisesinthisbook.Inaddition,wesuggestthatthisactivationoftheAngelchakrashouldoccurseparatelyandatanothertimethanworkingwiththesevenmajorchakras.

The Angel chakra’s midway location between the third eye and crownsuggests that itpossessesqualities thatarea littlemorespiritual than the thirdeye,anda little less transpersonal than thecrownchakra. It isanexcitingnewareaforthosewhoaredoingadvancedworkwithenergyandrelationships.

We’vehadfunteachingpeopletohugeachotherwhilemakinganAHsoundandprojectingtheenergyoflovetoeachother,ortoputtheirskullstogetherandmakeanOMsound.Bothof theseexercisesareexhilarating,butworkingwiththeNURRsoundisdifferent.Perhapsbecauseofitspoweranditseffectiveness,we suggest cautionwhen choosing a partner. It accesses aspects of our divinenatureunlikeanythingwe’veencounteredbefore.

ATantricExerciseforNURR1.Putyourheadstogethersoyourforeheadstouchabout3inchesabovetheeyebrowline.

2.MaketheNURRsoundtogetherandvisualizecelestiallightpouringin,meetingandblendingwithyourpartner’scelestiallight.Asyoumakethissound,feelyourownlightgoingintoyourpartner’sAngelchakra,andatthesametimereceivethelightfromyourpartner.

This is a a wonderful exercise for opening to higher realms of consciousness. Putting yourheads together and chantingNURR in this manner provides a deep sharing of energies. Werecommendthatyouusediscernmentinchoosingthepersonwithwhomyoudothisexercise.Wehavenotsuggestedsuchconstraintbefore,butwiththisparticularsound,wedo.

NotethatwhilethisexerciseisagreatwaytoblendyourenergiesafteryouhavedoneVowelsasMantrasorBijaMantras,wesuggestyouallowsometimebetweentheseexercises.Oftenlesssoundisbetterandmoreeffective;toomuchsound can deplete the effect of the sound.You can overload on sound, to thedegreewherethepowerof thesoundbecomesnullified.Sincewewantyoutohavethebestexperiencepossible,wemakethissuggestion.

In workshops where we have many people undergoing transformationalexperienceswithsound,wehavebreaksbetweentheexercises.Theseallowthesounds to be assimilated and enable activation of new sounds. Remember theimportanceofsilence.Whetheryou’reworkingwithyourselforapartner,donotoverdo it out of enthusiasm. Sufficient time between the sound exerciseswillenhancetheeffectofthesonicexperiences.

MUAHZIDTMUAHZIDT (MMMM-OOOO-AAAAHHH-ZZZ-III-DDD-TTT) seems to be afastwayofmovingenergythroughallthechakras,fromtheroottocrown.Thisapparently was one of its uses in ancient Egypt—as a sound to bring energythroughthebodyandalignthesubtlebodies.Itisusefulafterthechakrashavebeenalignedandyouhaveexperiencedharmonizationofyourbody,mind,andspirit.Itisawonderfulsoundtoexperimentwithbyputtingyourheadstogether,makingthissound,andthendirectingtheenergyintoeachother.

WithMUAHZIDTtheMMMMMcreatesthesoundthatseemstoresonatetheskullaswellasthecrownchakra.Then,withintention,bringthisenergydownto the first chakrawith theUUU (or use theOOO sound if it’s easier). Next,bring the energy up to the heart center with theAH sound. The ZZZZ soundbrings theenergyupto thepituitary/pinealarea.With theDDDTTT sound, theenergy is thenexpelledoutof thehead.Thisenergycanbeprojectedfromthe

thirdeye,Angelchakra,orcrownchakraforspiritualactivation.Asnoted,theoriginofthismantraisanancientEgyptianpracticecalledthe

“GreatWork,”whichbringstheenergyupfromtheroottothecrownchakratocommunewith theDivine.Thisenergy travelsup thespinalcolumnandis thelifeenergycalledkundalini.Itissaidtobeacoiledserpentthatsleepsintherootchakra;uponawakening,itrisesupthespine,eventuallyreachingthehead.

Theraisingofkundaliniisconsideredbyswamisandyogistobeapowerfuland important aspect of spiritual evolution.As the chakras resonate andopen,the kundalini rises. Various sensory experiences are enhanced, resulting inheightened comprehension, intuition, and visualization. Eventually, differentpowersandabilities,calledsiddhis,begintomanifest.Thesesiddhiscanincludeteleportation, mind reading, and even weather control. Ultimately, when thekundalinihasmadeitswayupthecrownchakra,divineconsciousnessisopened.TheMUAHZIDTsound,inparticular,wasusedinthismannerasatooltobringthis energy up through the chakras for spiritual activation and to balance andalignthedifferentsubtlebodies.

Wehavenothadmuchexperienceworkingwiththismantraonanindividualbasis, butwe have had successworking together as a couplewith this sound.MUAHZIDT allowsus toactivelypropelenergyupandoutofourbodies intoeachother’sheadchakras. It ispowerfulsoundthat rapidlymovesenergy,andwehavehadwonderfulexperienceswithit.

THEDIFFERENCEBETWEENNURRANDMUAHZIDT

What is the difference between NURR and theMUAHZIDT? As we are allunique vibratory beings, we can only suggest that you experiment with thesesoundsandseehowtheyresonatewithyou.

Inourexperience,NURRisthesoundweusefortheactivationoftheAngelchakratobringmorelightandloveintoourphysicalandethericbodies.Peoplehave all sorts of powerful experiences with this sound. When the sound issuccessfullyactivated,peoplefrequentlytalkaboutashaftofspiralinglightthatcomes down through their head into the heart center, and then spreadsthroughouttheirbody.Thisisoneofthemorefrequentlydescribedexperiences,butwehavehearddozensofotherexperiences.Therearemanypossibilitiesofwhat canhappen, includingnothing (please remember the“nothinghappened”

story).It’sasplendidsoundthatwehappilysharewithyou.In the Egyptian “GreatWork,” the soundMUAHZIDT was used to bring

energyfromtherootchakratothecrownchakra,muchaswehavebeendoingwithVowelsasMantrasandtheBijaMantras.TheUorOOO soundresonatesthelowerchakras, theAH resonates theheartchakra,andtheZIDT focusesontheEEEsoundtobringtheenergytothechakrasofthehead.

Both theNURR andMUAHZIDT sounds are different and powerful.Afteryou haveworkedwith each, youwill understand their different functions andpurposesinyourownlife.

VIZWediscoveredtheVIZsoundonedaywhilemeditatingwiththenaturekingdom.Wefoundittobeapowerfulsoundthatresonatestheenergyatthebackofthehead,intheareaslightlyabovewheretheneckandtheskullmeet.BysoundingtheVIZ, energy can be brought from this region at the back of the head upthroughtheskulltotheforehead.WhilesoundingtheVIZ,wecanfeelastreamofenergybeingprojectedoutwardfromtheforehead,aroundthethirdeyearea—thesixthchakra.

Thebackoftheheadisoftenassociatedwiththeprimitivebrain.Thispartofthe brain is nonrational and involvedwith aspects of survival. It is constantlyscanning for experiences that induce the fight-or-flight response in order toprotectus.However,itcanalsoholdoldpatternsoftraumathatcanbetriggered,keeping us from experiencing the reality of the presentmoment. Sometimes aparticular behavior, person, or sensation will trigger a past trauma that canactivate anoldemotionalwoundwithinus.This couldbe something thatmaynotberelevanttothepresentsituation,butneverthelessgripsusinitspower.Wemayexperience,forexample,traumasuchaspanicfornoapparentreason.TheVIZsoundhasthepotentialtotransformsuchenergiesofpasttraumasintomoreharmoniouspatternscongruentwithwhatiscurrentlyhappening.

AVIZExercise1.CloseyoureyesandbeginsoundingaverygentleVVVVVsound,focusingyourattentionon

thebackofyourheadat the indentationa littleabovewhere thespinalcolumnmeets theskull(seefigure12.2).

2.Closeyourmouthslightlysothatyourlipsaregentlyvibratingwiththissound.Consciously

projectthisVVVVVVsoundtothebackofyourhead.Asyoufeelthesoundvibratingthere,slowly begin to change the sound to an IIIIII (sounding like anEH which is between thevowelsAYEandEEE).Youmayfeelthesoundsomewhereinthemiddleofyourhead.

Fig.12.2.ThepathoftheVIZsound

3.Thenchangethesoundagain, toaZZZZsound.Tomake theZZZZZsound,yourtonguemovesforwardandtouchestheroofofyourmouth,bringingthesoundtothesinusareaandabove.Visualizethesoundtravelingintoyourforehead.Feelthevibrationsmovingtoyourthirdeye.

4.Continuevisualizingthisenergymovingfromthebackofyourheadtoyourforehead,aroundyourthirdeye.Noticewhatyou’refeeling.

UsingtheVIZSoundforTransformationNowtrythisexercisewhilefocusingonanoldpatternofbehaviorthatisnolongerappropriate—someirrationalfear,emotion,orbeliefthatnolongerservesyou.

1.While focusing on this old pattern, sound theVIZ and focus your intention on the soundmovingfromthebackofyourheaduptoyourforehead,releasingitoutyourthirdeye.

2.Makethissoundandvisualization3times.

Manytimes,simplysoundingtheVIZ,coupledwiththevisualizationofreleasingtheoutmodedbehavior,cantransformit throughtheenergiesofthehigherbrainfunctionsassociatedwiththefrontal lobeareaaround the thirdeye. Itcanproduceextremelypowerfulandbeneficialeffects.Youmay find theVIZ to be one of themost powerful and harmonious sounds for healing thewounded“innerchild,”andexcellentfortransmutingtrauma.

TRUSTYOURINNERWISDOM

As always, fluidity is key in creating sacred sound. While you may have adesiredoutcomeandintentwiththesound,ultimatelythesoundwilldowhatitwants—itwilltakeyouwhereitneedstogo.Itmaynotbewhatyouexpected,but it will bring you whatever is for your highest good and growth at thatparticularmoment.

HereisastoryofwhathappenedtoJonathanbeforehemetAndi,whenhewas conducting a workshop using sound and crystals. In a meditation,participantswereledthroughavisualizationusingsoundandcrystals,andthenlefttomeditate.Attheendoftheexperience,awomanhadascowlonherface.Jonathanaskedaboutherexperience.

“Well,”thewomanbegan,“yousaidwecouldgowhereverwewanted,soIdecidedtogoandmeetmyspiritguide.ThereIwasinthisbeautifulfield,withalltheselovelyflowersandtreesandallofasudden,thisdirtyoldIndianrunsby.He’shalfnaked,wearingaloincloth,andturnstolookatme,beckoningmeto followhim.Well, I’mwaiting formyspiritguide, sonaturally I just ignorehim.Itwasreallydisappointing.Myspiritguidenevershowedup.”

Jonathan’s heart went out to this disappointed participant, and he gentlysuggested that perhaps “the dirty old Indian” was indeed her spirit guide,perhapsapowerfulshamanwhowantedtoteachhersomepowerfulmedicine.

“No,” thiswomanargued,“myspiritguidewouldhavebeendressedall inwhite,likeaholyman.Hewouldhavetobe.”

Weshare thisstorybecause it showshowwemayhaveexpectationsaboutspiritualexperiences,butinrealitywhatweareexpectingandwhatweneedandgetmaybeentirelydifferent.

ChakraFrequenciesfocusesonpersonalempowerment,allowingindividualstogrowwithout limiting their experiencesbyputtingboundarieson them.Weencourageeachofyoutotrustyourexperiences,totrustyourinnerguidanceasyouexploretheexercises.

HU—THESOUNDOFCREATIONLet’snowexaminetheHUsound.JustasmanytraditionsbelievethattheOMisthe original creative sound, and other traditions believe that the AH is theoriginal creative sound, so there are traditions that believe that theHU is thefundamentalsoundenergy.IntheShabdyogatraditionsofIndia,aswellastheWesternizedcounterpartofShabdyoga(MasterPathandEckankar),andinthe

mystical Islamic path of Sufi, HU is considered to be the highest vibratorymantra that can be sounded. Chanting the HU is said to lead one totranscendence,Godrealization,andenlightenment.

HUisbelievedtobetheuniversalnameofGod,presentineverylanguage.TheHUsoundhasbeendescribedasmanythings:thebuzzingofbees,rushingofwind,thefluteofGod.Itissaidtobepresentinthewordswespeak,inthesoundsofanimals,thewindinthetrees,theroaringofwaterfalls,orthebeatoftheseaagainstabeach—everywhere,ineveryplaneofexistence.

Like the AH and the OM, the HU is a seed syllable. Depending on itspronunciation, itmayalsobeperceivedasavowelsound, theU(asin“you”).TheHUcreatesenergyforbalanceandclearing.Manybelieveitactivatesbothheart and crown chakras.When sounded together in a large group, it can beextremelytransformative.

Not surprisingly, different spiritual paths seem to have different ways ofpronouncing theHU, thesacrednameofGod.Certainspiritualpaths from theShabdyogatraditionschantitas“you.”OthervariantsofShabdyogachantitas“who.”IntheSufitradition,thereisevenaspecialwayofchantingtheHU:lipsbarely touching, this being the primary vibrator of the sound so that thisHUsoundsalmostlikeamotorboatorabuzzinginsect.

DifferentgroupsmayinsistthattheirpronunciationofHUistheonlycorrectpronunciation, but regardless of the way it is chanted, continued elongatedsounding of HU with intent and visualization can lead one into elevatedconsciousness.

COMBININGSOUNDSInthischapterwehavepresentedfoursoundsthatcanbeusedforpersonalandpartnered transformation. These are soundswe haveworkedwith individuallyand with groups, and found effective.We have presented them here for yourpersonalenjoymentandtransformation.Therearehundreds,perhapsthousands,ofothersoundsthatmayalsogeneratevibrationalexperiencesforyou.

Justastherearemanyculinarydishestobesampled,weareneveraversetotrying combinations of sounds from different cultures. Sometimes combiningsoundscreatesmantras.Forexample, ifyoutaketheAH,theHU,and theOMand put them together, you basically have the great cleansing chant from theTibetanBuddhisttradition:OMAHHUM.

In Tibetan Buddhism,OM AH HUM, the Mantra of Blessing, frequentlyprecedes the recitation of other mantras. In the context of this mantra, OMrepresents theprincipleof theuniversal body resonating the crowncenter; theAHembodiestheprincipleofcreativesoundandpurespeechthatresonatesthethroatchakra;andtheHUMistheprincipleoftheloveoftheenlightenedmindofallBuddhasintheheartcenter.Thismantraisusedatthebeginningofmanyrituals and blessings because of its power to purify negativity and amplifypositiveenergy.

AnotherexampleistocombineavowelfromVowelsasMantrasandabijafrom theBijaMantras. For instance, when resonating the second chakra, youcombine thevoweland thebija from thesecondchakraandcomeupwith thesoundOOO-VAM.Or, for the heart, you’d use the vowel and thebija for thefourth chakra and come up with AH-YAM. You get the idea. You could alsoreversethepositionwiththebijacomingfirst,sofortheheartchakraitwouldbeYAM-AH.Thepossibilitiesareendless.

We stress the importance of allowing time between the different soundexercises.Forexample,goingdirectlyfromVowelsasMantrastoBijaMantrasmaybe toomuch.Sonicoverloadcanseeminglyoccur in situationswhere thesilencebetweenthesoundsisnothonored.Whenthishappens,thevitalityoftheexercise is diminished. Give yourself time between the different soundexperiences.

Sometimes other mantras and other sacred sounds will come to us frompeople, books, recordings, in meditation, or in dreams. Usually, our onlyprerequisitefortryinganewmantraistohavesomeknowledgeofitspurpose.Sinceweunderstandouruniquenessasvibratorybeings,weknowthatwemaynothavethesameexperiences.Asjourneyersonthepathofsound,however,wedowant somesenseofwhat thesound is supposed todo. If it’s“Frequency+Intent,”thenwehavetotakeresponsibilityintermsofourknowledgeofsacredsound.

Nearlytwenty-fiveyearsago,atthestartofhisjourneywithsound,Jonathanattendedagroupwithdevoteesofaguru.Therewereaboutthirtypeopleintheroom,andafterawelcomingtalkbythedirectorofthisgroup,apieceofpaperwashandedtoeveryone,andthepeopleintheroomweretoldtheyweregoingto chant. Jonathan looked at the paper and realized that the chant was in alanguagehedidn’tunderstand.Inhisnaiveté(orperhapshiswisdom),heaskedwhatthechantmeantandwhatitwasusedfor.Nooneintheroom,includingthe

persondirectingthesession,hadaclue,butsinceitcamefromtheirgurutheyhad no doubt that it was good. Jonathan asked how they could possibly bechantingsomethingiftheydidn’tknowwhatitmeant,orwhatitwasfor.

Fromourperspective,webelievethatifyouaregoingtochantsacredsoundsfrom another language, it’s important to have some idea about what you’rechanting.Therearethousandsofdifferentandspecificchants,andusuallymanyofthemareeffective.Thisiswonderful,butifyoudon’twanttochantforrainon the third Tuesday of the month, or for a big dinner of beans and rice orwhatever,thenyoushouldn’tdoso.Youhavetherighttoknowthemeaningofaparticularchant.Beawareandtrustyourinnerguidance.

Explorethesacredsoundsfromthemyriaddifferenttraditionsontheplanet.If you encounter a mantra (a sacred phrase) that resonates with you, weencourageyou tobeginpracticingwith it.ThereareSanskritmantras.Hebrewmantras. Tibetanmantras.NativeAmericanmantras. Islamicmantras. Swahilimantras. Japanese mantras. Latin mantras. Greek man tras. Aramaic mantras.Inuitmantras.Mayanmantras.Chinesemantras.Englishmantras.Wecouldgoonandon,butyougettheidea.

Bediscriminatingwiththesoundsyoumake.Knowonouterandinnerlevelsthat thesacredsoundyouareabout tomake is right foryou. It’sdoubtful thatyou could damage yourself or do injury, but it’s important to knowwhat themantrameans,whereitcamefrom,howitissupposedtobeused,andwhatitsparticulareffectmightbe.Ifpossible,onceyoufeelaresonancewithamantraorsound,stickwithitforawhile.Perseveranceisimportant.Withtheexercisesinthisbook,themoreyoufocusononeexercisethebetteryouwillbeatdoingit,and themore effective itwill be.Don’t be a sonic butterfly, flitting from onesound bite to the next, sampling the vibrations of mantras from differenttraditionsbutneverembracinganyonesound.

Now,here’sonelaststorythankstoDr.RandallMcClellan,apioneerinthefieldofsoundandhealing,whofirstshareditmanyyearsago.

ABDULANDTHEEXTRAORDINARYINSTRUMENT

Abdul had an extraordinary instrument, beautifully carved with many longstrings.Hewouldplaythiswondrousinstrumentforhourseveryday.Butunlikehis friends who would play glorious melodies and harmonies on their

instruments,Abduljustpluckedonestringoverandoverforhours.Oneday,hisdearwifecouldnolongertakeitandsaid,“Oh,dearhusbandofmine,whomItrulylovewithallmyheart,Imustaskyouaquestion.”

Abdulstoppedplaying,smiled,andlookedupather.“Yes,mydear?”“Oh,belovedhusband,youhave thisbeautiful instrument thatyousitwith

forhoursandhours,playingasyourfriendsdo.Butmyhusband,therearemanystrings on this wonderful instrument and many different places to put yourfingerson it—somanydifferentsounds thatyoucouldcreate.Your friendsallplay such lovely melodies and harmonies on their instruments—a thousandsongscomeforthfromtheirplaying.Whyisitthathourafterhour,dayafterday,youkeepplayingthatsamestringoverandover?”

Abdulsmiledashepluckedthatsamestring.“Mydearwife,thatisbecausealltheothersarestillsearchingfortheirownnote.Ihavefoundmine!”

Sogooutandfindyournote.

13THEAPPLICATIONOFDIFFERENT

SOUNDSANDMUSIC

INOURWORKSHOPS,manypeopleaskusaboutdifferentmusic,particularlymusicthatweusefordifferentsituations.Wehaveafundamentalbeliefthatweare all unique vibratory beings. This concept is based on our experiences,research,observations,andintuitiveunderstanding.Whatworksforonepersonmaynotworkforanother.Whatisperceivedasanextraordinaryworkofartbyonecriticmaybeunimpressivetoanother—inotherwords,differentstrokesfordifferent folks. Nevertheless, in this chapter, we present you with basicprinciplesofsoundandmusictoapplyinyourjourneywithsound.

Inworkshops,weaskhowmanypeopleareallergic topenicillin.Between10percentand15percentofanyaudiencealwaysraisetheirhands.Sometimesthepercentageisevenhigher.Formostofus,ifwe’reverysickwithabacterialinfection,penicillinwillsaveour lives.Butforasmallpercentage, itmightbedetrimental. The same is true with every form of vibration, sound, or music.Fromourunderstanding, it isnotpossiblethat,giventhevarietyofpeopleandtheir vibrational rates and eccentricities, any one sound, chemical, food, orsubstancewillhavethesameeffectoneveryone.

Sometimes, the percentage of people who have adverse reactions to aparticular sound can be very low. For instance, we’ll have 99 percent of apopulation respond favorably toa recordingora soundbut there’salwaysonepersonwhocannotabidethesounds.Thismaycomeintheformofadissatisfiedlistener or an email from someone asking, “What the heck was that sound Iheard?Icouldn’tstandit.”

At our workshops, we give everyone the opportunity of experiencing thePythagorean tuning forks (discussed in appendix A). This is a positive andenjoyableexperienceforalmosteveryone,butoccasionallythereisapersonwhohasanunpleasantexperience.Ratherthantakingitpersonally,weacknowledge

theuniquenessofeveryindividualandhonorthatperson’sexperienceandmoveon.Thereasonforanadversereactionisalwaysamysterytous—asidefromthefactthateachofusisauniquevibratorybeing.

Oncea friendcalledusafterhavingbeensickforaweekfromreceivingatreatment from a sound therapist. Our friend used Jonathan’s recording of“DolphinDreams”toputhimselfbackintoastateofbalance.Whenhereportedhisexperiencetothesoundtherapistwhohadadministeredthefrequencytohim,hewastold,“Youweresooutofbalance—that’swhyyougotsick!”Ourfriendasked our opinion. We said perhaps the frequency he had received wasinappropriate and perhaps he should not return to this sonic practitioner.However, he did return, got another dose of the sound, and the same thinghappened.Hedidnotreturnforathirdsession.

Ifyoureactpositively toaproduct—anaroma,color,supplement,sound—it’sprobablygood foryou. Inparticular, ifyou likea soundand itmakesyoufeelgood,continueusingit.Werecommendthatifyoubegintohaveanadversereactionwithasound, immediatelystopusing it.While there is thepossibilitythat you are out of balancewith that sound, if the adverse reaction continues,there’sanequallygoodchancethatthesoundisnotrightforyou.Becauseeverypersonisunique,weliketodealwithsoundsandmusicasasubjective,ratherthananobjective,science.

Onecouldwriteabookaboutmusicthatisgoodforyouversusmusicthatisnotgoodforyou.Indeed, therearepeoplewhohavedoneso.However, this isnotourpurpose.Norisitourbelief.Giventhetime,theplace,andtheneedofthe individual, we believe that practically any music can potentially havetherapeuticeffects.Onone level, it’sallamatterofperspective.Whendrivinglateatnight, listeningtoslow,relaxingmusicthatishelpfulforinducingsleepmaynotbegoodifyouwanttostayawake.Inthatsituation,stimulatingmusicthatactslikesoniccaffeinewouldbemoreappropriate.

THEPSYCHOLOGYOFMUSICIn the 1930s, Carl Seashore developed the psychology of music. Among theareas he explored were people’s reactions to different music. He testedmanypeople’sresponsestomusicandfoundthatnobodyagreed100percent.Probablythehighestpercentageofsimilarresponseshegottoanypieceofmusicwasto“StarsandStripesForever.”Approximately70percentofthosehetestedfoundthismusic stimulating. The rest of the audience split their responses between

boringanddepressing.Seashorewasamazedthatreactionsvariedsomuch.It seems thingshavenotchangedmuchsince then—at leastwith regard to

people and music. So we stress that one person’s response to music may bedifferentfromanother’s.Thatsaid,we’dliketosuggestafewideaswithregardtosoundandmusic.

First, there are some generic psychoacoustic effects that you can usuallycount on. One of these is that fast music will stimulate your nervous systemwhile slower-paced music will sedate it. If you want to excite someone, usemusicthatisup-tempo,withfastrhythmsandalotofdynamicchanges.Ifyouwant tousemusic for relaxation,use slowandgentlemusic,withaminimumemphasisonrhythmordynamicchanges.Forexample,musicpulsedataround60beatsperminutewillhelpinducealphastates(8–13Hz),slowingdownheartrate,respiration,andbrainwaves.Jonathanfrequentlyusesmusicthatispulsedeven slower than that for a number of his meditation and sound healingrecordings.Now, ifyoudouble those60beats to120beats,andparticularly ifyouaccentthebeats,youhavegoodrhythmsformovementanddancing.

Ifyourpurposeistorelaxandslowdown,usemusicthatisslow.Youdon’tneed toknowthebeatsperminute tofeel theeffectof themusic. If themusicmakesyouwanttoboogie,itwon’tbeusefulincreatingasedativeeffect.Ifyouwantmusicforaerobics,usefastmusic.Ifyouare lookingforexercisemusic,slow music will not assist you since your nervous system (as well as yourmuscularsystem)willwant toentrainwith theslowmusic.This isnotgoodifyou’retryingtoburncaloriesortoneyourmuscles.

CHOOSINGMUSICChoose music that is congruent with your activity. If you’re trying to relaxbefore bed, slow music will usually work best. Do you want a gentle, quietmeal?Listentomusicthat’snottoofast,toodistracting,ortoorhythmic.Don’tplayupbeatmusic!Anddon’traisethevolumetooloudbecauseloudmusic(andloud sounds in general) causes the fight-or-flight response, raising yourheartbeat,respiration,andbrainwaves,andcaninducestress,particularlywhenlistenedtoforlongperiodsoftime.

Loudsoundscanbeaddictivebecausetheystimulatethenervoussystemandreleaseadrenaline.Manytimestherushoneexperiencesfrommusicmaybedueto its volume rather than one’s emotional response to it. This can be the case

with any type ofmusic, including classical.Of course, loud, fastmusic is themosteffectiveatstimulatingyournervoussystembecauseyougetadoubledoseof psychoacoustic effects from rhythms and volume. This is great for stayingalertatnightwhileyou’redriving,butsuchsoundsarenotasbeneficialwhileyou’rehavingarelaxingmeal.

Thenexttimeyou’reinafast-foodrestaurantlistentothemusic.Oddsareitwillbeup-tempo,probablypopmusic.This ismostoftennot accidental sincethe peoplewhoown these restaurants have someknowledge ofwhich type ofmusicmakespeoplegetinandgetoutthequickest.

Veryfewpeopleareawareofthepowerofmusic,andevenfewerpeopleareaware of the relationship between the music they are listening to and theactivities they are engaged in.We have at times suggested that people createtheirown“SonicPrescriptions,”writingdownspecificactivitiestheyfrequentlyengageinandthencontemplatingwhattypeofmusictheyshouldlistentothatbestrelatestothisactivity.

Compromise is an important part of using sound for tantra in relationship.It’swonderfulifyouhavethesametastes,butthisisrare.Mostprobablyifyourmusicaltastesarethesameasyourpartner’s,otherofyourtasteswilldiffer.Thismaybeagift,formostofuswouldgrowboredifourpartnerssharedourexacttastes.Wewouldalsonothavetheopportunityforgrowth,whichoccurswhenweneedtoexperiencethingsthatwenormallywouldn’tencounter.Evenifyoudon’t like your partner’s choice of music, by practicing the fluidity we’vesuggested,perhapsyou’llbeable tocompromiseand findmusicyoucanbothlisten to together. It may not be your favorite music, but at least it may besomethingtowhichyoucanbothresonate.

Note that whilewe are indeed unique vibratory beings, there seems to besomethingaboutmusicaltastesandage,althoughwecan’tsayforsurewhatitis, exceptperhaps that aswegrowolderournervous systemsandmetabolismchange.OncewecoulddohomeworkwiththeradioblaringTop40hits,nowweneedeithersilenceorambientmusictoconcentrate.

Thisdoesnotmean,however,thatwerecommendthatyoungpeoplelistentopopmusicwhilestudying.Research indicates thatmusic that isnotdistracting(usually instrumental, without vocal lyrics or a strong melodic recognitionfactor)maybe thebest to assist in the learningprocess.Somehave suggestedthatMozart is the best for studying, some recommendBach; classical to lightjazz, ambient music such as New Age, or even environmental sounds are

effective in enhancing learning. These types of music are not particularlydistracting;theycanplayinthebackground,minimallystimulatingourearsandnervoussystemswithoutpullingattentionawayfromwhatwearestudying.

Our purpose is simply to point out differences that manifest musicallybetweendifferentagegroups.Itremindsusofwhenourparentsfirstheardrockandroll;ifyouwereateenageratthetimeofElvisortheBeatlesyourreactionwasprobablyverydifferentfromthatofyourparentsorgrandparents.Certainly,some of these differences were cultural and sociological, while others wereneurological, hormonal, or metabolic. No doubt, there are also emotional,mental,andspiritualreasonswhyweresponddifferentlytomusic.

THEISOPRINCIPLETheword“iso”meansequal.Thistermindicatesatechniqueusedbytherapiststo match different behaviors and induce different moods in their clients. Atherapistwhoworkswithmusicwillfirstfindtheappropriatemusicthatmirrorsthemoodoftheclient,andthenwillgraduallychangethemusictobetterassisttheclientinthehealingprocess.Forexample,ifaclientweresadanddepressed,a therapist might first start with slow, downbeat music in order to help himexpresshisemotions,thengraduallyraisethetempoofthemusicuntilithelpedinduceamorecontentedstateintheclient.

Theisoprinciplemayhelpexplainwhyonepersonmightnotreacttomusicthe same way as another—even if the music is encoded with various sonicentrainment frequencies. As we have discussed, sound affects our brain andnervoussystem.Wehavenotedmanyoftheremarkablediscoveriesinthisfield,yetdespiteknowledgeofpsychoacoustics,itisnotpossibletodetermineexactlyhowmusicwillaffectanyoneperson. If someone isnervousandstressed-out,gentle,relaxingmusicencodedwithentrainmentfrequenciesmaynotworkforthem.Theymaysimplybetootensetobeaffected.Itmaybenecessarytofirstusemusicthatreflectstheirnervousstate—fast,freneticmusic—andthenbeginto bring in slower music to change the nervous system of the individual,ultimatelycalmingandrelaxingthem.

Sound is an extraordinary, powerful tool, but it is not magic. In 1989,Jonathan presented his research paper on “Sonic Entrainment” at theInternationalSocietyforMusicMedicine’smeetingattheEisenhowerCenterinRancho Mirage, California. The paper was on how scientific knowledge ofcertain closely related frequencies could cause the predominant lobes of the

braintoentrainwiththesounds.Thefirstquestioncamefromadoctor:“Howcanyoudifferentiatebetween

whatyouhavejustdescribed—thissonicentrainment—andbrainwashing?”Jonathan replied that sonic entrainment is neither immutable nor

unstoppable.Someonewhowishestoexperienceshiftsintheirbrainwavescandosothroughtheprocessdescribed.However,ifsomeoneisfearfulorunwillingor that person’s nervous system is resonating at too great a difference infrequency,thensonicentrainmentwillhavelittleornoeffect.

Wearebeingentrainedallthetimebydifferentfrequencies—oftenbymanyeverydayobjectsgeneratingsoundsorelectricalwaves,includingthetelevision.Justbecauseourbrainwavesmayberesonating toaparticularfrequencydoesnotmeanwe’vehadachangeofconsciousness.Theactofwatchingtelevisionfrequentlyputspeopleintoanalphastate(whichisnodoubtwhypeopleoftenfind themselves very relaxed).However, being a couch potatowhose brain isoperatingat8Hz(orwhatever level) isverydifferent frombeingaZenmonkwhosebrainisoperatingatthesamefrequency.

Inotherwords,thedifferencebetweenentrainmentandbrainwashingisthatbrainwashing attempts to instill specific content that will have a permanenteffect. This is important to understand.While there is a relationship betweenstatesofconsciousnessandbrainwaveactivity,itisnotaone-to-onecorrelation.What you are doing with your consciousness during this time—where yourmind, your visualizations, your thought processes go during this time—is ofutmostimportance.Again,herewehave“Frequency+Intent.”

MOREON“FREQUENCY+INTENT”We believe nothing in this book will be 100 percent effective for everyone.Therearealwaysexceptions.Hereisanexample:Ifyouweretrappedinaroomfor hours with specific frequencies boomed at you by loudspeakers, youprobablywouldexperiencemassive,perhapsevendetrimental,changesinyourneurologicalsystem.However,thistypeofneurologicaleffectcannotresultfromusingtheself-createdvocaltechniqueswedescribedinthisbook.Withregardtorecordedmusic,despiteadvancesinsoundtechnologyandpsychoacoustics,itisnotpossiblefornormalplaybacksystems(includingheadphones)tohavesuchpower thatan individualwouldbesonically“sweptaway” if thatwerenotherdesire.

WhenJonathanwasresearchingHealingSounds,hesentaquestionnaire todozens of well-known people in the field of sound and music for healing—musicians,doctors,healers,andscientistslocatedinvariouscountries.

Thequestionnaireaskedwhattypesofmusicthesepeopleusedfordifferentactivities, such as getting up in themorning, exercising, eating, and so forth.Despite his awareness of the uniqueness of everyone, particularly in how werespondtomusicalchoices,Jonathanwassurprisedtofindnearlyeveryanswerwas different. It convinced him evenmore of our individuality. Therewas noconsensusaboutmusicforanyactivity.Whenaskedwhatsortofmusicwasusedtowakeupinthemorning,somepeoplelistenedtogentlenaturesoundssuchasthesoundsofbirdssinging;others listened to flutesor lightclassicalmusicorrock music. Two doctors from Germany who lived in different parts of thecountryanddidnotknoweachotherbothlistenedtoGermanmarchingbandstowakeup.

Creatinga“SonicPrescription”foryourselfcanbeusefulforrealizingwhattypes of music you like for different activities. Here are some categories toconsider.

Whatmusicdoyoulistentowhenyou:

wakeup?exerciseorengageinphysicalactivity?studyordomentalactivity?cookorclean?relaxorprepareforsleep?driveinyourcar?engageinlovemaking?usethecomputer?wanttobehappy?feelsad?feelscared?wanttochasethebluesaway?dance?meditate?eatameal?

Most of these categories can be broken up into two groups: music thatstimulates, such as fast tempomusic that youmight dance to; andmusic thatsedates, such as gentle environmental sounds that youmight use to help yousleep.

Assessingthedifferenttypesofmusicyouusefordifferentactivitiescanbeeffectiveforhelpingyouunderstandyourownspecificresponsestomusic.Startobservingyourself,yourmusical likesanddislikes,andseewhatsortofmusicresonateswithyou.Ifyouhaveapartner,havethemstartobservingandnotingthisinformation.Thatwaywhenyou’retogether,youcancomparenotes.Seeifyouagreeordisagreeonapieceofmusicforaparticularcircumstance;thenatleastyoucancompromiseandfindsomethingthatworksforbothofyou.

Wehaveencounteredindividualswhowereadamant(andrigid)abouttheirlikesanddislikesinmusic.Somewereunwillingtotakeastepawayfromwhattheyconsider tobe“good”musicandsometimesgotdistressed,evenangry,atthe idea of being exposed to other music. “Give me Beethoven or give medeath!” Part of being fluid in relationship is compromise. It is our hope thatthrough the exercises and information in this book youwill acquire tools andskillstohelpyougrowthroughtheseissues.

Afteryouhavemadeyourselections,contemplatewhythemusicworksforyou. Do the rhythm and pulsations being generated stimulate or sedate yournervous system?Or is it because you heard a piece ofmusic at some time inyour life and whenever you hear this music, it brings back that memory?Emotional entrainment with music is common, and it is important inunderstanding the use of music to influence your physical activities andconsciousness.As you observe how andwhy differentmusic affects you, youmighthavesomeinterestinginsightsaboutyourselfandyourlife.

Andiisagreatadvocateofwritingdownthoughts,ideas,feelings,emotions—anything and everything relevant to her.We suggest beginning a journal inwhichyourecorddifferentsongsandtheireffectsonyou.Youmightalsowanttojournalyourthoughtsandfeelingswithanyoftheexercisesandexperiencesinthisbook.

Becomea sonic explorer and chart new territories ofmusic byyourself orwith a partner.There are hundreds of thousands of songs andmanygenres ofmusic.CreateyourSonicPrescriptionanddiscovermusictoenhancewhateveractivityyouoryourpartnerareengaged in. Justas theBuddhadiscovered theMiddleWay,socanyouandyourpartner,evenifyouaremusicallymilesapart

in taste.You can discover amusicalmiddleway thatwill allow you to be inharmonyandpeacetogether.

14ANDINTHEEND

MUSICIANS, PHILOSOPHERS, AND SPIRITUAL TEACHERS from alldifferent paths, from theBeatles toTibetanBuddhists, have told us thatmorethan money, fame, or deeds, the most important aspect of life— that whichmattersmostattheendoflife—isthelovethatwehavecreatedandthelovewehavereceived.Whenmostpeoplearelyingontheirdeathbedawaitingpassageto theOther Side, they’re not concernedwith the number of hours they haveloggedontotheInternetorspentintheoffice,butwithhowmuchlovehasbeengivenandhowmuchlovehasbeenreceived.Loveis,apparently,allyouneed!

By love, we mean the heartfelt tenderness of unconditional love, loving-kindnessandnonjudgmentofothers.Therearemanydifferentformsoflove—perhapsthegreatest thatweknowinvolvesunconditionallove,whatmanycallcompassion.WehighlyrecommendUnconditionalLovebyEdandDebShapiro(TimeWarner,2003)todelveintothisimportantsubject.

In workshops, we frequently use different mantras to manifest loving-kindness and compassion. In particular, we often teach the Tibetan Buddhistchant “OmMani Padme Hum,” This is a chant to invoke the bodhisattva ofcompassion,Avalokitesvara.Wealso facilitate “TaraTranceDances” inwhichparticipants,whiledrumminganddancing,chantthemantra“OmTaraTuTareTure Svaha” toTara, theTibetan goddess of compassion.We have found thatwhenexperiencingsoundforextendedperiodsoftime(asyou,nodoubt,alreadyhavethroughtheexercisesinthisbook),notonlydoourheartrate,respiration,andbrainwaveschange,butourconsciousnesschangesaswell.

Sinceeverythingintheuniverseisinastateofvibrationandeverythingisawaveform, compassion is awaveform. So are the different deities and beingswhorepresentcompassion.DuringworkshopsweoftenpassaroundapictureofAvalokitesvarawhiledescribingthedifferentattributesofthisdeityandthe“OmMani Padme Hum” chant; or we distribute a picture of Tara, talking of her

attributesandchant.Wetellparticipantsthatwhilebothpicturesaredepictionsof the bodhisattva of compassion, this by nomeans limits us towhatwe canvisualizeor,infact,whatmaymanifestforusduringtheexercise.

InChina,themasculineAvalokitesvarahasbeentransformedintothefemaleentityQuanYin.Recently,wesawanold JapanesepaintingofQuanYin,andshe had a moustache, so perhaps this being’s gender is still in question. InTibetan Buddhism, the female aspect of Avalokitesvara is Tara. She is hisconsort,saidtohavebeenbornoutofatearofcompassionshedbyhim.Fromourperspective,however,Taraissimplyanembodimentofahundreddifferentforms of the divine goddess of compassion known in a hundred differenttraditions by a hundred different names. InNative traditions, she is the EarthGoddess.InWesterntraditions,sheisperceivedasGreatMotherortheBlessedVirginMary.HereintheWest,hermasculinecounterpartmaybeunderstoodasthat most compassionate of beings we call Jesus. And for many, MaryMagdaleneisconsideredthewife/mateofJesus,aswellashismainapostle.

Theenergyofcompassionasawaveform is frequentlyanthropomorphizedby many different cultures and spiritual traditions of this planet into manydifferentnamesofmanydifferentbeings,butessentiallytheenergyisthesame.Its energy, whether attributed to Jesus or Tara or Mary or whomever, istransformative.

From our Western perspective, we understand compassion as meaningunconditionallove.Yet,formany,thisconceptisforeign,sowesuggestloving-kindness, tenderness, or appreciation instead. Why is unconditional love sodifficult tounderstand?Perhapsbecauseour experiencesof lovehavebeen soconditional:I’llloveyouifyou...doyourhomework,getonthefootballteam,makelotsofmoney,becomeadoctor,callmeonSundays,cookgoodfoodforme,domylaundry.

Wecouldgoonaboutthe“ifs”thatexistwithconditionallove.Thelovethatis selfless—unconditional love—is alien tomostofus.Thus at the endofourchant of “Om Mani Padme Hum” (the “Mani”), as we sit in silence andmeditation,itisnotunusualformanytoexperienceforgiveness.Thisseemsanessential step inmanifesting compassion and unconditional love.Usually, thisforgivenessisfirstgeneratedtowardoneself,thentowardothers.

Previously,we discussed howmany of us carry emotionalwounding fromour childhoods, associated with feeling we are bad, unworthy, guilty,undeserving,orunlovable.Asaresult,wemayhavelowself-esteemorapoor

self-image.What is important is thatbeingable togenerate forgiveness tooneself is a

crucialfirststepinhealingthesewounds.Usingthesesoundtechniqueswiththeintentionofforgivenesstomanifestcompassiontowardourselvesandothersisahelpfultooltoinitiatethis.

The lack of self-love thatmany of us have seems to be connected to ourfeelingsofseparationfromtheDivine(God/Goddess/whateveryouwanttocallthisenergy).Oneofthebenefitsofworkingwiththetantraofsoundisthatitcanundo the barriers between our self and the sacred. It gives us a hotline to theDivine for instantaccess to thewebof life.Aswebecomemoreawareof thelovethatunitesus,webecomeconsciousof thesamenessofusandall that is.Whileweareallunique,wearealsoaspectsoftheDivine.

Thusutilizingsoundtomanifestloving-kindnesshasgreathealingabilityforourselves and others as it creates unity. After chanting the “Mani,” we leadpeopleinabriefmeditation.Init,theyimaginethemselvesasdivinebeingswhohavetheabilitytogeneratecompassionandloving-kindnesstowardothers.Wefirst generate this healing energy for someonewe love, then for someonewedon’tknow,thenforsomeonewithwhomwehavedifficulty.

Thislastprojectionisthemostdifficultandyetthemostimportant.Itiseasytogeneratekindnesstosomeoneweknow,andnottoodifficulttosomeonewedon’tknow.Buttogenerateloving-kindnessandhealingtosomeonewithwhomwe’vehadbadencountersisanaccomplishment.

HisHoliness, thefourteenthDalaiLama,oncestatedthat theChinesehavebeenhisgreatestteachers.SaidtobetheincarnationofAvalokitesvara,theDalaiLama’spurpose is togeneratecompassion. Ifyouexamine the livesofvariousspiritual teachers, you will find that they all taught the power of love andcompassion.

Aswebringthematerialinthisbooktoaclose,wewouldberemissifwedidnotincludeonelastexercisethatmaybethemostrelevantofanywehavepresented,theexerciseentitled“VowelsasMantrasSoundBites.”Whatwecalla“soundbite”isaversionofaprevious,muchlongerexercise.Wehavefoundthatduetotimeconstraintsandmakingexcuses,manywillexperimentwiththeexercises in this book, but just once and that’s all. Because sound is such apowerfultoolandwebelieveitisimportantforallofustoresonatewithsoundonadailybasis,wehavecreated thisverybrief soundexercise that iseasy topracticeeveryday.Thetwoofusfrequentlyusethe“there’snotime”excuse,so

wecreatedthisexerciseasmuchforourselvesasforothers.Hereisashortenedversion of the Vowels as Mantras exercise. It is effective and easily done,particularlywhenyouaddtothisexercisetheintentiontobalanceandalignyourchakras.

VowelsasMantrasSoundBitesAsalways,findanotethatiscomfortableforyou.

1. To begin, focus your attention on your root chakra and sound theUH while feeling thischakrabeingbalancedandaligned.

2.Now,onyournextbreath,focusyourattentiononyoursacralchakraandsoundtheOOOonthissamenotewhilefeelingthischakrabeingbalancedandaligned.

3.Onyournextbreath,focusonthenavelchakra,andonthesamenote,soundtheOH.

4.Next,focusontheheartwithanAH—samenote.

5.Next,focusonyourthroatcenterwithanEYE.Nextbreath,focusonyourthirdeyewithanAYE.

6.Finally,focusonyourcrownandsoundforthwithanEEE tobalanceandalignthischakrawithalltheothers.

Allocate one breath per vowel sound. To complete one round of this exercisemight take aminute,yetitcanmakeallthedifferenceintheworld.Itwillnotgiveyoutheexperiencethatthe20-minuteversiondoes—wedoubtyouwillbe thrown intoanotherdimension formeetingswithremarkablebeings—but thisexercisewilldoseveral things. Itwill (1) remindyou thatyouhavechakras, (2) remindyouof thepowerofsound, (3) remindyouofyourability toshiftandmoveenergyusingyour voice,and (4)assist you in settingan intention for thedayora segmentoftime.

One of the wonderful things about this exercise is that it can be doneanywhere,anytime.Wedothisexerciseatleastonceaday,inthemorning,butweoftendoitmore.Forthosewhofinditdifficulttocreatethespaceofevenahalf-hour to make sounds, we offer you this “sound bite” exercise as analternativetomakingnosoundsatall.

Incidentally,youcando thisexerciseseveral times,bringing theenergyupyour chakras, focusing on each chakra with one breath/vowel sound. Trysoundingallthevowelsfortheentiresequencewithjustoneortwobreaths.Themore you practice this, the more you will be amazed at the power of your

projectedsoundtoresonateyourchakras,regardlessofthetimeyou’respendingonmakingthesound.

Therearevariationson theVowelsasMantrasSoundBites,which includesoundingeachvowelsoundonadifferentnote (amajorscale, forexample,aswesuggested inpreviouschapters).Anotheralternative is to reverse theorder,startingwith theEEE soundat thecrowncenterandworkingyourwaydown,endingupattherootchakrawiththeUH.Thisishighlyrecommended.

Regardlessofthevariation,wesuggestyoudothispracticalexerciseeveryday.Itwilltakeonlyaminute.Youcanbebrushingyourhairanddothiswithoutmissingabrushstroke,oryoucanbeputtingonyourshoesandrememberthisexerciseandsoundforth.Ideally,wepreferthatyoutakeamoment,entersacredspace,anddothisexercise.Therehavebeentimeswhenwe’reabouttowalkoutthedoor and suddenly stop, take a deepbreath, and soundour chakras. It canmakeallthedifferenceintheworld.

CLOSINGTHOUGHTSInordertoenhanceyourrelationshipsortobringwantedchangesintoyourlife,beginwithyourself.Bekindtoyourself.Acceptandloveyourselfjustasyouareatthisverymoment.Knowthatifyoucouldhavedonethingsdifferentlyinthepast,youwouldhave.Whenyouworkwithself-createdsacredsoundseverydaywiththeintentionofloveandinnerpeace,youwillbegintofeelchanges.Fromour perspective, it is impossible to work consciously with sound without achangeinconsciousnessoccurring.Thusweencourageyoutoexploretheworldofsoundandincorporateit intoyourdailylife.Itwillonlymakethingsbetter,evokingharmonyandbalanceinyou.

In conclusion, we would like to thank you for joining us on this journeythroughChakraFrequencies.Ithasbeenourdesiretocreateaneducationalandentertainingbook,onethatisreadable,user-friendly,andeasytounderstand.Wetrust we have succeeded. For those of you who want to explore this field indepth, there are many books and articles on the subjects of sound and tantraavailablefrommanysources,includingtheInternet.WehaveincludedsomeofthesesourcesinappendixB.

However, further resources are not necessary to begin your personalexploration of sound.You have everything you need right here. Practice yoursonicexerciseswithintentionandmindfulness—that’sallittakes.Howyouuse

thematerial in this book is as dependent on your intention as the sounds youmake. We ask that you come from your heart as well as from your head.Between the two, wisdom and compassion will meet through the sounds youcreate.Mayjoyoussoundsresonatewithyoualways!

AFTERWORD

ONEFINALNOTE

ITHASBEENOURPLEASUREtopresentinformationonhowsoundmaybeusedtohealandtransform.Throughoutthisbookwehavedealtwiththetantraofsound—thatis,withtheinterconnectednessofallthingsandhowsoundmaybeusedtoresonateandrestorebalancewithinthismatrix.

Sincethefirstpublicationofthisbook,ourfocushasexpandedwithregardto theuseof sound foramost significantpurpose—thatofhealingourplanet.Wearelivinginmosttumultuoustimesandtherearefewwhocouldarguethatitisvitalandimportantforusasaspeciestofindawaytoliveinharmonywithoneanotherandtheearthitself.Fromourperspective,theanswerisquitesimple—allweneedtodoisbekindandcompassionatetooneanother,liveinaspiritof cooperation with all beings, cease our needless competition, and end theuseless consumerism we fall prey to. Sound can be a valuable ally and aproductivetooltoassistusinthisendeavor.

Throughout Chakra Frequencies: Tantra of Sound, we have presentedexercises andmaterial focusingon thepowerof sound to connectus,dissolvethebarriersbetweenus,andmanifesttheonenessthatexistsforusall.Webeganthroughutilizingsoundforourownharmonyandbalanceandlaterextendedoursoundwork to usewith others. Thenwe took it a step further and used theseharmonizingsoundstocreateafieldofonenessamongourselvesandallbeingsonthisplanet.

Since the first publicationof this book,wehavebeenguided to create theworld’s first interactive sacred-sound temple in cyberspace. Found on theInternetatwww.templeofsacredsound.org,itisaplacewherepeoplethroughouttheplanetcantonetogetherwiththeintentionofcreatingglobalharmonization—peace and harmony using sacred sound. There are currently three toningchambers at Temple of Sacred Sound—the “Om,” the “Ah,” and the “Hu”—where, via the Internet, people can sound along with others to projectintentionalized sound onto the earth. The site is available 24/7 and has been

utilizedformanydifferentsacred-sonicmeditationsinthelastseveralyears.Anexampleofonesuchevent,aspreviouslynoted,is“WorldSoundHealing

Day.”EveryyearonFebruary14wehelptoinitiatethisevent.DuringtheeventpeoplethroughouttheworldsoundforthwithanAH,sendingasonicvalentineto the energyofGaia—MotherEarth—forpeace andhealing.Sound seems toamplify thepositivepowersofprayerandmeditation, enhancing theabilityofour consciousness to generate peaceful activities toward all inhabitants of thisplanet.Whatisperhapsmostremarkableaboutthiseventisthatscienceisnowbeginning to validate the power of prayer and meditation, especially whencoupledwithsound.

Worldsoundhealingday,2009

TheGlobalConsciousnessProject,initiallyfoundedatPrincetonUniversity,tracks global events by using random-number generators scattered throughouttheworld.These computer-like devices generate randomnumbers until eventscharacterizedbyhighcompassionoccurontheplanet.Wheneventsofthissortoccur, thenumbersbecomeless randomandmaybechartedonagraph.Whatusually appears on the graph as a fairly straight line composed of randomnumber, becomes a mountainous peak when charted, indicating that there issomesortofrelationshipbetweentheconsciousnessofourselvesandtheearth.Graphs showing this relationship have been generated from World SoundHealingDay.(Pleaseseethegraphonthepreviouspage.)

Aspreviouslydiscussed,ourbraingenerateselectricimpulsesandourheartgenerates an electromagnetic field.When our brain and our heart entrainwitheachotherandreachastateofcoherence, theheart’selectromagneticfieldhas

beenmeasured tobeup to sixty timesgreater than thebrain’selectromagneticfield.This heart-centered state of coherence occurswhenwe feel appreciationandcompassion.Inaddition,theworkoftheHeartMathInstitutehasindicatedthat thereisarelationshipbetweenourownelectromagneticfieldandthefieldoftheearth,andthatthereisanactiveinterfacebetweenthetwo.DatafromtheHeart Math Institute on the 2009 World Sound Healing Day seems todemonstratetheefficacyofWorldSoundHealingDayasaforcethatcanaffectbothpersonalandplanetaryfields.Thisdatarevealsthepowerofintentionalizedsound.

TheHeartMath Institute and the Global Consciousness Project have nowteamed up to work together. Indications are that their work will scientificallyvalidate what we’ve discussed in this book—that all of us are inextricablyinterrelated.Weknowinourheartsthatthematerialpresentedinthisbook—thesacredsounds, the informationabout intention,andsomuchmore—willprovetobeofgreatvalueinenhancingourabilitytoheal,notonlyourselvesbutourentireplanet.

Scientific evidence continues tovalidatemore andmore information aboutthe healing power of sound on an individual basis. The measurable evidenceincludesphysiologicaleffectsthatoccurfromself-createdsounds:thereleaseofmelatonin, increasednitricoxide (amoleculeassociatedwith thepromotionofhealing and vascular expansion), increased oxygen in the cells, lowered bloodpressureandheartrate,increasedlymphaticcirculation,reducedlevelsofstress-relatedhormones,andthereleaseofendorphins—self-createdopiatesthatworkas“naturalpainrelievers.”

With regard to the topic of our manifesting peace and harmony, not onlyindividually but also on a global level, perhaps one of the most importantdiscoveriesisthattheneurotransmitteroxytocin,thetrustchemical,iscreatedinthebrainsofeveryoneinthegroupwhenpeoplesoundtogether.Talkaboutthebarriersbetweenpeoplebeingbrokendown throughsound!Therearespiritualreasons.Thereareelectromagneticreasons.Andnowtherearephysicalreasons.

Regardless,whatismostimportantisthatthisexperiencewithsoundisreal.It can heal us andmake uswhole. It can bring us together and bring us intocooperation and compassion. And it can make us one—as a species on thisplanet.Utilizingintentionalizedsound,wecanchangetheveryvibratorylevelofthe planet, bringing us to a place of health and harmony, individually andcollectively.

WithourLove,ourLight,andourSound,wecanmakeadifference!

APPENDIXA

TOOLSOFTHETRADE

THISBOOKHASFOCUSEDmainlyontheuseofthevoiceasaninstrumentof self-transformation andhealing.Thevoice is themost powerful vehicle forprojecting the energies of compassion and love. Yet there are some simpleinstruments—toolsofthetrade—thatcanprovideasonic“jumpstart”forsoundexplorers, healers, andpractitioners.These include tuning forks, quartz crystalbowls, Tibetan bowls, and tingshas (Tibetan bells). There are many otherinstruments also available. We have focused on these four because of theirpopularity,power,andaffordability.

TUNINGFORKSOfallthetoolscurrentlyavailable,probablythemostpopulararetuningforks.Therearemanywebsitesdevotedto thedifferent typesof tuningforksandthemanywaysofusingthem.Thereare tuningforksspecificallycreatedforworkon the body. There are also tuning forks that feature different frequencies,modes,andscales.Weconcentrateontwo:(1)thePythagoreantuningforks,cutto the ratio of 2:3 (the relationship between the two frequencies of the tuningforks),developedbyJohnBeaulieu,and (2) theDnA# tuning forks, cut to theratioof8:13,developedbyJonathanGoldman.

PythagoreanTuningForksPythagorean tuning forks are a newwayof using sound to resonate the body,brain, andetheric fields.Theyweredevelopedby JohnBeaulieu,N.D.,Ph.D.,authorofMusicandSoundintheHealingArts.

Thesetuningforksareusedinpairsbecauseitispossibletocreateanexactintervalandratiobetweenthetwothathavespecificeffectsonthebodyand,inparticular, the nervous system. Single tuning forks will create only one note.

Usedtogether,apairoftuningforkscuttodifferentfrequenciescancreatemanydifferentratios.Eachoftheseratiosmayhaveveryspecificeffectsonus.

Pythagoreantuningforkshavethefrequenciesof256Hz(cyclespersecond,which is the note C) and 384 Hz (the note G). The ratio that these twoharmonically related frequencies of 256 Hz and 384 Hz create is 2:3. Themusicalintervalwhoseratiois2:3iscalledtheperfectfifth.(Anintervalisthedistance between two frequencies.) Listening to this interval is relaxing andbalancing and is considered the most harmonious musical relationship thatexists.Thisratioof2:3issacredinmanytraditions,basedonanunderstandingoftherelationshipbetweenmathematics,music,andthecosmos.LegendtellsusthatPythagorasbelievedtheratioof2:3tobetherapeuticandtransformative.

Theseforkscreateacalmnessandtranquillity,andbalancethehemispheresof thebrain, reducingbrainwaveactivityand inducing relaxation.Manyusersfeel they balance the aura and release blocked energy. Frequently, peopleexperiencemanyotherpositiveexperiencesfromusingtheforks.

Fig.a1.asetoftuningforks

AccordingtoDr.Beaulieu,oneofthegreatpioneersinthisfield,whowritesinMusicandSound (StationHill,1987):“Whenwe listen to the tuning forks,ourvestibularsystemviathesemicircularcanals[intheears]reproportionsourbodybasedonthenaturalratiosofthetuningforks.Duringthelisteningprocess,ourphysicalbodyreposturesitselfinalignmentwiththeintervalcreatedbythetuning forks. During the process, our nervous system via the right and lefthemispheresofthebraincomesintobalance.”

Dr.Beaulieuadds:“Thisspecialintervalisknowninmusicasaperfectfifth.LaoTzureferredtothisintervalasthesoundofuniversalharmonybetweentheforcesofYinandYang.InIndia,thefifthisbelievedtocreateasoundthroughwhich Shiva calls Shakti to the dance of life. Apollo, the Greek Sun God ofMusic and Healing, plucked the fifth on his sacred lyre to call dolphinmessengerstoDelphi.”

Tousethetuningforks,holdthembytheirstemsandtapthemgently,thenbring one to each ear, keeping them several inches away from the ears. Thetuningforksmaybe tappedon thekneecapsor tapped together (at leasta footawayfromtheear).Eachmethodproducesaslightlydifferentsound,thoughtheinherent 2:3 ratio remains. The tones of tuning forks vary, but last forapproximatelyhalfaminute.

Experiment. Use the tuning forks on yourself, friends, clients. They canproduce remarkable experiences. Therapists frequently use them to calm andbalance clients before or after sessions.When the nervous system comes intoalignment, the body and energy fields frequently follow, repatterningwith thesacredratioofthetuningforks.

Youcanuse these tuning forksonyourself,byyourself. It iswonderful tohave someoneuse themonyou and allowyourself the luxuryof being tuned.You can exchange tuningswith each other; both of youwill benefit from thispleasurableandhealingexperience.Tryhummingor soundingwith the tuningforks.Havefunusingthemandrememberthattheyaretoolsforself-healingandtransformation.

These tuning forks are wonderful accompaniments for you to use before,during,or after toningwithyourvoice tobalanceyourchakras.Theyarealsowonderfulvehiclesifyoufeeloutofharmony.You’llbesurprisedhowquicklydisharmoniousenergiescanbedissipatedbytheuseoftuningforks.

We particularly like the aluminum tuning forks, not only because they arepowerful, effective sonic tools, but because they are lightweight and easy tocarry.

DnA#TuningForksThe DnA# tuning forks present a new musical ratio developed by JonathanGoldman.TheyarenamedinsuchamannerbecausethisparticularsetoftuningforksusesfrequenciesfoundwithinthenotesofDandA#.ThisspecificratiohasbeendescribedasharmonizingourDNA,sowehavefondlynamedthissetthe

“DnA#”tuningforks.Thesetwoforksmanifesttheratioof8:13(therelationshipbetween the two frequencies of the tuning forks). The interval of this ratio isgenericallycalledtheminorsixth,butisnotfoundincontemporarymusic.

TheDnA#tuningforkscanbeusedinthesamewayasthe2:3tuningforks.Theyarebalancingandrelaxingandtheyseemtoenhancespiritualinitiationandactivation.When tapped together they produce a sound thatmany have called“angelic.”

Fig.A2.Usingtuningforksonapartner

Somepeople,whentheyhearthisratio,reporttousthatitfeelsasiftheyare“home.”Others have found that the sounds of these forks create an energeticspiralingeffect.Thisisnotsurprisingbecausethe8:13ratioofthesetuningforksrepresents an outer spiral of the Fibonacci series, an important mathematicalsequencediscoveredinthethirteenthcenturybyanItalianmathematician.Thismathematicalsequenceisoneinwhichtheadditionofthetwopreviousnumberscreatesthenextnumber.Itgoes:1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34,55,89,144,233,377,610,987andcontinuesintoinfinity.Calledthe“DivineRatio,”theproportionscreated by the numbers are found throughout nature in the growth patterns ofplants,animals,andevenhumans.Almostanyspiralfoundinnature,suchastheshape of a nautilus shell or the cochlea of the ear, is an example of thisproportion.Thusthespiralingeffectsreportedtousmadesensebecausepeoplemay have been hearing theDivine Ratiomanifested as sound.Many find the8:13 tuning forks activate new levels of consciousness, and are particularlyuseful for the tantraof sound.For thosewishing further informationabout theFibonacciseries,werecommendTheGoldenRatio:TheStoryofPhibyMarioLivio(BroadwayBooks,2003).

QUARTZCRYSTALBOWLSAmongthemostpopularsonictoolsarequartzcrystalbowlsmadefrom99.992percentpurecrushedquartz.Thebowlsareeitherclearor frostedandcomeinsizesrangingfromsixtotwenty-fourinchesindiameter.Thebowlsemitapuretone when activated with a mallet or wand. The larger bowls are morereverberant,thetonelingeringlongerbecauseofthesizeandamountofcrystal.The clear bowls, somewhat more expensive, are more readily available insmallersizes.Inrecentyears,manynewvarieties,shapes,andstylesofcrystalbowlshavebecomeavailable.

When thesebowls first appeared in the soundhealing field, fewknewthattheyweretheremnantsofscientificlaboratories—discardedcontainersthatwereused to grow quartz crystals for computers. Someone discovered that thesebowlsproducedapowerful tonewhen struckor rubbedaround the rimwitharubbermallet,andbeganmakingthemavailabletothepublicinthe1980s.

The sounds are remarkable. Whether they came about as an inadvertentoffspring of crystal growth in scientific laboratories, or if they really are therediscoveryofanancientAtlanteanartifact,probablydoesnotmatter.They’rewonderfulsonichealingtools.

Moreandmorepractitionersofcrystalbowlshaveappeared.Thereareevenmedical doctors who have acknowledged their therapeutic value. The bowlscomeinavarietyofsizes,shapes,andcolors,inthenotesC,D,E,F,G,A,B,whichmanybelievecorrespondwiththefrequenciesofthechakras.

Quartz crystals seem toworkas amplifiersof intent, and thus thesequartzcrystal bowls can amplify intent through sound. They are wonderful healingimplements to use in ceremony to set an intention.We often use our crystalbowlswhen toning together inmeditationand/or foraspecific intention.Theycanalsoclearanareaofnegativeenergy.

Rubberballmalletsorsuede-coveredwandsare rubbedaround the rimsofthe bowls to create the sound. The sound of each bowl is different, and yourpreferencewilldetermineyourchoice.Whenstruckbyarubberballmallet,thetoneofacrystalbowlcanlastforaminuteortwo.Whenplayedusingtherubberballmalletaroundtheedgeofthebowl,thetonecanlastindefinitely.Thesoundissimilartotheglassharmonic,ortothesoundthatoccurswhenyourunyourfingers around a fine glass goblet and hear it resonatewith a pure, crystallinetone.Eachpractitionerhasauniquestyleofsoundingthebowls;somewillmove

the wand or mallet clockwise for specific intentions, while others prefer acounterclockwisemotion,oracombination.

Fromourexperience,thepurityandpowerofcrystalbowlsareimpressive.Theygenerateexcellentsoundandaremarvelousatamplifyingourintentonthesound.Thetoneofjustonebowlcanbalanceandalignanyorallofthechakras;thisisparticularlytrueforthosewhosoundwithclearintention.

Fig.A3.Quartzcrystalbowl

Manycrystalbowlpractitionershaveavarietyofdifferentbowls that theyuse specifically for particular chakras and purposes. We are currentlyexperimenting with using two crystal bowls cut to very exact musical ratios,suchas2:3or8:13.Wehavefoundthatwhilehavingseveralbowlsforspecificpurposesiswonderful,havingjustonebowlbyitselfcanbesufficientforalmostany type of vibrational work. However, once you have established yourresonancewithacrystalbowl,getasmanycrystalbowlsasyoulike.

Thecostofcrystalbowlsvariesdependingonsizeandsubstance.Someofthe latestdevelopments incrystalbowl technologyhaveproducedbowlsmadeout of rose quartz ormoldavite; somehave stemsyou canhold,whichmakesthemeasiertohandle.

Welovecrystalbowls;theyareoneofthemostpowerfulsonictoolsontheplanet.Wecaution,however, that a crystalbowl is as fragile as aglassgobletandisdifficulttotransportunlessyouhaveaspecialcaseforit.

TIBETANBOWLSFromTibet,Nepal,andBhutancometheseexquisitebowls.Theolderbowlsaremadeofsevenmetals—gold,silver,mercury,copper,iron,tin,andlead—which

aremeltedtogether,pouredandcooledasplates,andthenformedintobowlsbyhundredsofhammerblows.Theoriginofthebowlsisshroudedinmystery,butthey seem to come from theTibetanBuddhist traditions, handmadebymonkschanting mantras into the metals they molded. These Tibetan bowls producebeautiful tones excellent for clearing energy and creating sacred space. Thebowls have healing application as the tones produced by them help removedisharmonyfromoursubtlebodies,chakras,andphysicalbody.

Fig.A4.Tibetanbowl

MostTibetanbowlsareapproximatelyfourtosixinchesindiameterandaresoundedbystrikingthemorrubbingawoodenstickalongtherimtomakethem“sing,”producingabeautifultone.Thereare,ofcourse,largerTibetanbowls—somewithadiameterofoveronefoot.Mostoftheselargerbowlsareold,heavy,andexpensive.Whenstruckbyawoodenstick,aTibetanbowlproducesatonethat lasts for a minute (although we have heard recordings of larger ancientbowlswhosetoneslastforseveralminutesfromjustonestrike).

Whenplayedwiththewoodenstickalongtherim,thetones,ofcourse,lastforaslongastheyareplayed.Thebowlsproduceseveraltonesatthesametime,andwhenmultiplebowlsareplayedtogether, thetonesinterfaceandsynergizewitheachother.

JonathanonceworkedwithachiropractorusingkinesiologytotestTibetanbowlsaswellastuningforksfortheirbeneficialeffects.Theyfoundthat,withindividualtuningforks, thespecificfrequenciesseemedtovaryfrompersontoperson in termsofwhatworkedbest.However,everyTibetanbowl testedwasbeneficialforeverypersontested.

Similar to crystal bowls, Tibetan bowls may be struck and sounded andbroughtnearthepersonwhoneedshealing:orputthebowldirectlyonthearea

of the body of the person and then strike it. In thisway, the vibrations of theTibetan bowl will go directly into the person’s body. (This is a method thatusuallydoesnotworkwellwithcrystalbowls,especiallythelargeones,whicharetooheavytoplaceonaperson’sbody.)

People usemany different Tibetan bowls in a healing session, assigning aparticularbowltoaparticularchakra.WewouldliketosuggestthatoneTibetanbowlinthehandsofaconscioussoundercanbeenough.UsingaTibetanbowltocreatesacredspacebefore,during,orafterasessionoftoningyourchakrasishighlyrecommended.

WeliketotravelwithatleastoneTibetanbowl.Ifpackedinbetweensomeclothesinasuitcase,Tibetanbowlstransportwell.

TING-SHAThough Tibetan bells, or ting-shas, have been used in Buddhist meditationpracticeforcenturies,theyareprobablytheleastwell-knownofthetools.Theseinstrumentsarestrucktogether tocreatesoundsthatcalmthemindandinducerelaxation.Thetwodisc-shapedbells,rungtogether,areslightlyoutoftunewitheach other. The different tones between the two bells produce a very slowfrequencythatcanentrainthebraintoanalphaorthetawaveform.Forexample,ifonebellwerecreatingafrequencyof300Hz(orcyclespersecond)andtheotherbellwerecreatingafrequencyof305Hz,itwouldcreateathirdfrequencyof5Hz—thedifferencebetweenthetwofrequencies.This5Hzfrequencyfallswithin the bandwidth of theta brain wave activity. The science ofpsychoacoustics has shown that the low sonic frequencies such as in thisexamplecancauseourbrainwaves to synchronizewith those frequencies.Wehavefoundthatmostting-shascreateadifferenceintoneofbetween4and8Hz.This falls exactly within the range of the brain wave activity created duringmeditation.It is littlewonderthatTibetanbellsareexperiencinganincreaseinpopularityastoolsforgreaterrelaxationandreductionofstress.

Fig.A5.Asetofting-shas,orTibetanbells

In Tibetan Buddhism, ting-shas are used in rituals. We have found thatsimply tapping them together induces relaxation.Thismaybedue to thedeepalpha and thetawaves they produce aswell as the clarity and beauty of theirsounds.Ringingthemtogetherseemstohelpannouncetoourpsychethatweareabouttoenterasacredtimeandspace.

Thetoneofting-shasisatfirstpowerful,almostpiercing;thenitlessensandfades,thoughtheoverallsoundmaylastforaminute.Duetothepurityoftheirsound,ting-shascanbeusedforclearingunbalancedenergiesintheauricfield,oreventhephysicalbody.Inaddition,theyareexcellentasvehiclestosummonpeopleorgetanaudience’sattentionatameeting.Theyarelightweightandeasytocarry.

APPENDIXB

RECOMMENDATIONS

THERE AREMANY BOOKS AND RECORDINGS that are relevant to thefieldofsoundandtantra.Hereareafewofourfavorites.

BOOKS

SoundandMusicBooksbyJonathanGoldmanTheDivineName (HayHouse, 2010).Discover the universal sound that can

bring harmony and healing to ourselves and to the planet. This name,encodedwithinourDNA,isthepersonalnameofGod,whichbecamelostandforgottenfornearly2,500years.Thisbookguidesthereaderinastep-by-stepprocessofvibratoryactivation,andincludesaninstructionalCDtoassistinlearninghowtointonethisextraordinarysound.

HealingSounds (InnerTraditions,2002).Consideredacutting-edgeclassic inthe field of sound healing, this book contains much information on thespiritual and scientific aspects of sound healing. It concentrates onharmonics—the phenomenon that creates the “color of sound.” Inparticular,itfocusesontheuseofthevoiceasahealinginstrument.

The 7 Secrets of Sound Healing (Hay House, 2008). Provides a basic andpractical understanding of the principles of using sound as a healingmodality,andhowitmaybeusedtorestorebalancetothebody,mind,andspirit. Through useful information and exercises, readers will understandthepowerofsoundasapersonalvibrationaltherapy.MusicCDincluded.

Shifting Frequencies (Light Technology, 1998). This book focuses on howsound and other vibrational modalities, including light, sacred geometry,

andcrystalscanbeusedforhealingandself-transformation.Withcutting-edgeinformation,itprovidesagatewayintoexploringhowtoconsciouslyuseyourownsoundsandotherenergiestoassistinpersonalandplanetaryshifts.

SoundandMusicBooksbyOthersCymatics:AStudyofWavePhenomenaandVibrations (combinedvols. Iand

II),byDr.HansJenny(MACROMEDIA,2001).Anextraordinarybookofbreathtaking photographs by Swiss medical doctor Hans Jennydemonstratingtheabilityofsoundtocreateform.Thisisproofofthepowerofsoundtoaffectphysicalmatter.

TheField, by LynneMcTaggart (Harper Collins, 2008). This book, subtitledTheQuest for the Secret Force of the Universe, investigates the field ofenergy that interconnects theuniverse.Lynngives us clear, coherent, andinsightfuldescriptionsofscientificexperimentsthatvalidatemanydifferentaspectsofnew-thoughtphilosophy.

TheHealingForcesofMusic,byRandallMcClellan,Ph.D.(iUniverse,2000).Published some years ago, the information in this book is still valid andrelevant today. Randall’s book contains much valuable and importantmaterialonthehistory,theory,andpracticeofdifferentsystemsthatutilizesoundandmusicforhealingandtransformation.

The Healing Power of the Human Voice, by James D’Angelo (Healing ArtsPress,2005). Jamesexamines thehealingattributesof thewhole rangeofhumanvocalexpression,fromvowelsandconsonantstothenaturalsoundsof laughter or sighs, the power of singing, as well as authentic classicalchantsandmantrasfromculturesaroundtheworld.Heshowshowwecancreatevariousvocalformstocontributetoourphysicalandmentalhealth.

MusicandSound in theHealingArts, by JohnBeaulieu (StationHill, 1987).This concise and extremely readable book contains much valuableinformation on the therapeutic and transformational uses of sound andmusic.Itincludesmantras,tuningforks,voiceenergetics,andmuchmore.Johnisagreatteacherandpioneerinthefieldofsoundhealing.Wehighlyrecommendthisbook.

Music:Physician forTimes toCome, editedbyDonCampbell (QuestBooks,

2000). This is an important anthology by many diverse musicians,scientists, andspiritual teachers focusingon thehealinguseof soundandmusic.Variedapproachesonthesubjectmakeforfascinatingreading.

ThePowerofSound,by JoshuaLeeds (InnerTraditions, revisedandupdated2nded.,2010).Joshua’sbookfocusesmoreupontheimportanceofhealthyauditory functions, the process of hearing, and how sounds can assist inlearning,communication,andsocial interactions. Inparticular, thesubjectofpsychoacoustics (howsoundaffectsournervoussystem) isexplored indepth.

Toning:TheCreativePoweroftheVoice,byLaurelElizabethKeyesandDonCambell (DeVorss, revised ed., 2008). This is the work that, for many,initiatedtheextraordinarypathofusingself-createdsoundforhealingandtransformation.Consideredaclassicinthefieldofsound,thisnewedition,withcommentarybyDonCampbell,makesthematerialevenmorevalid.

BodyEnergetics,SpiritualMysteries,andTantraThe Book of Secrets, byDeepak Chopra (Harmony, 2004). An extraordinary

book inwhich fifteen spiritual secrets for enlightenmentare revealed.Dr.Choprabringstolighttheexistenceofauniversalintelligencethatoperatesbeneath the visible surface of life. You’ll discover insights and exercisesthatcantransformconsciousness,leadingtotheecstasyofenlightenment.

TheDivineMatrix,byGreggBraden(HayHouse2008).Greggisapowerfulwriter,researcher,andpurveyorofancientwisdom.Inthisbookhefocuseson the universal field of consciousness that connects us all. He unitesmysticism and science to create an important new understanding of thequantumworld.

HandsofLight,byBarbaraAnnBrennan(Bantam,1988).Alookatthefieldofbioenergetic healing, with specific techniques for expanding tools ofhealing, seeing auras, understanding psychodynamics and the humanenergyfield,andspiritualhealing.This isadetailedstudyofchakrasandthesubtlebodyandhowtheyareconnectedtoaperson’shealthandwell-being.

Kundalini:YogafortheWest,bySwamiSivanandaRadha(Shambhala,1978).This book focuses on the chakras from the classic Hindu tradition. For

thosewishing togainan immenseknowledgeof theseenergycenters, thebijaMantras,andhowtheycanbeutilizedtoassistasforcesofevolution,thisbookishighlyrecommended.

Tantra in Tibet, by His Holiness the Dalai Lama, Tsong-ka-pa, and JeffreyHopkins (Snow Lion, 1987). Including some important writings on theTibetan perspective of tantra, this book contains in-depth sourcematerialfrommajorwritersonthesubjectoftantra.

VibrationalMedicine,byRichardGerber,M.D.(Bear&Company,revised3rded.,2001).Dr.Gerberexploresthebenefitsofmanydifferenttherapiesthatutilize different vibratory medicines, including homeopathy, acupuncture,color and light healing, andmagnetic healing, among others. One of theoriginalsourcebookswithregardtoenergymedicine,ithasbeenrecentlyupdatedtoincludematerialonsound.

BooksonRelationshipsConscious Loving, by Gay and Kathlyn Hendricks (Bantam, 1992). From a

husband and wife team of psychologists who live what they teach, hereyou’ll findpowerful techniques for transforming relationships.Theyhavedeveloped strategies to help create a vital partnership and enhance theenergy,creativity,andhappinessofeachindividual.AlsorecommendedbyGayHendricks:ConsciousBreathing.

TheDanceofIntimacy,byHarrietLerner(Perennial,1990).Thissensibleself-help book draws on family-systems therapy in recommending thoughtful“self-focus”forpeoplestuckindifficultrelationshipswitheithermatesorfamilies. Lerner emphasizes that “a truly intimate relationship is one inwhichwecanbewhoweare,whichmeansbeingopenaboutourselves.”

Getting the Love You Want, by Harville Hendrix (Owl Books, 2001). Aninnovatorandleaderinthefieldofcouplescounseling,HendrixdevelopedImago Relationship Therapy. This combines many different disciplinesincludingthebehavioralsciences,depthpsychology,cognitivetherapy,andGestalt therapy.Theinformationandexercisescombinetogivethereadervaluabletoolsinhealingrelationships.

Healing theChildWithin, byCharlesWhitfield (HCI, 1987).This thoughtfulandinformativebookofferscutting-edgeinformationontheconceptofthe

wounded“innerchild.”The“childwithin”referstothatpartofeachofusthatisultimatelyalive,energetic,creative,andfulfilled;itisourrealself—whowetrulyare.Itiseasytounderstandanddigestthisexceptionalbook.

Homecoming: Reclaiming and Championing Your Inner Child, by JohnBradshaw(Bantam,1992).Inthisguidetounderstandingandmourningthedamage done to the inner child, John Bradshaw shares importantinformation that will inspire you and provide insights that can lead youdownapathofself-acceptanceandself-lovethroughhealingthechildhoodhurtsofwoundedadults.

Unconditional Love, by Ed and Deb Shapiro (Time Warner, 2003). TheShapirosareclearteacherswhowalktheirtalkwithregardtorelationships,spirituality, and life. This book is a practical and inspiring blend of thecompassionatewisdomtraditionsoftheEast,usingthepathsofBuddhismandYogaasaccessibleformsformeditation.Wonderfulfordevelopinganopenheart!

MUSIC

MusicbyJonathanGoldmanThe Angel and TheGoddess. Presents two very different sonic compositions

thatinvokeandhonorShamaelandSaraswati:“AngelofSound”and“Songof Saraswati,” presented together for the first time. Powerful andtrancendent, both of these recordings are divine invocations to celestialbeingsofsoundandaredesignedtobringtheenergyofmusichealingintoyourlife.

Celestial Reiki, by Jonathan and Laraaji. Laraaji is one of the pioneers ofambientmusic with his celestial zither. Together, he and Jonathan createpowerfullyhypnotictrancemusicthatenhancesallformsoftantricactivity.Withzither,synthesizer,guitar,andbells,thisrecordingisgreatforcreatingdeeprelaxationandstressreduction.

CelestialReiki2,byJonathan,Laraaji,andSarahBenson.Inthisfollow-uptothehighlysuccessfulCelestialReiki,JonathanGoldmanandLaraajiagainunitetocreateanextraordinarilyhypnoticmusicthatchannelstheenergyofreikiforhealingandtransformation.Joiningthemonfluteissoundhealing

pioneer and musical master Sarah Benson. Instrumentation includessynthesizer,flute,guitar,bells,andzither.Thisambientandfluidmusicisgreatforrelaxationandmeditation.

CelestialYoga. Includesmore than an hour of transcendentmusicwith threeinstrumental pieces created to assist in a yogic practice, to enhance anyform of bodywork or healing, such as reiki, or to serve as backgroundmusic to relieve stress. Great for those tantric times when you want toexperienceunity.Withsynthesizers,guitars,choralvoices,bells,andzither.

Chakra/Brainwave Harmonizer, by Jonathan and Andi Goldman. Thisrevolutionary recording represents a new musical first—sound thatsimultaneously balances the chakras and the brainwaves. It provides anincrediblyharmonious listeningexperience that isgreatwithspeakersandevenbetterwithheadphones. Includeschakra tones,sacredvowelsounds,bijamantras,Pythagorean tuning fork, sonicentrainment frequencies,andmuchmore.

ChakraChants. Combines the sacred vowelswithbijamantras, Pythagoreantuning forks, elemental and Shabd yoga sounds, male and female choralvoices, and much more. An amazing hour-long sacred sound experiencethat has been an award-winning bestseller for many years. Designed formeditation and deep sound healing, it initiates a new level of therapeuticsound. This recording is the 1999 Visionary Award Winner in twocategories:BestHealingandMeditationAlbumandAlbumoftheYear.Itsetanewlevelforchakra-resonatingrecordingsandcontinuestobeinthetoptenhealingalbums.

Chakra Chants 2. The long awaited follow-up to Chakra Chants, thisextraordinary recording features JonathanGoldman’s chakra chanting andsoundhealingexpertisecoupledwiththevocaltoningandremarkablefluteplaying of Sarah “Saruah” Benson—the Divine Mother of Sound. Thisrecording is similar in purpose to the firstChakraChants recording, andSarah Benson’s transcendentmusical ability truly enhances these healingsounds, balancing the chakras and opening you to new levels ofconsciousness.

ChakraDance. Combines Jonathan Goldman’s world-renowned chakra tonesandchantswithelectronicandtechnodancerhythms.Thisfusionofancient

sacred sounds, including mantras and chants, with psychoacoustics andmodern beats will get your feet stomping and your chakras resonating.Manytellusthatthisrecordingisperfectfortantricritual.Createdfortheyounginbody,mind,orspirit.

CrystalBowlsChakraChants, by JonathanandCrystalTones.Thisbeautifulrecording creates a soothing sonic environment for deep relaxation andchakra healing. It features Jonathan Goldman’s extraordinary chakrachanting blended with gorgeous crystal tones from more than twentydifferentharmonicallytunedquartzcrystalbowlsplayedbyCrystalTones.The vocal chants and bowl tones calm and relax, attuning listeners topowerful energies of transformation. This CD is excellent for healing,meditation,andenergywork.

De-Stress, by Jonathan and Laraaji, Sarah Benson, andAndiGoldman. ThisrecordingfeaturesthreebeautifulinstrumentalmusicalselectionswithguestmusiciansLaraaji, SarahBenson, andAndiGoldman.ThisCD is perfectforprovidingtranquillityandharmonyinyourhomeorworkspace.It isagreat tool for getting rid of stress. With keyboards, zither, guitar, flute,choral voices, andTibetanbowls, thisCDuses the latest scientific soundtechnologycoupledwithtranquilambientmusicforyourlisteningpleasure.

The Divine Name. Working with spiritual scientist Gregg Braden, JonathanGoldmanreleasedthisextraordinaryCD,a2005VisionaryAwardwinner,whichallowsyoutoexperiencethesacredpowerofGod’spersonalname.RediscoveredbyJonathan,theDivineNameisencodedwithintheDNAofalllife.Itisasound,reproducedwiththehumanvoice,thathastheabilitytohealandtransform.HearingtheDivineNameisanextraordinary,sacred,andtransformativelisteningexperience.

DolphinDreams.Thisuniquesoundexperiencewithoceansounds,heartbeat,choral voices, and dolphins has become a classic. It is an amazing sonicenvironment for the birthing experience,meditation, and deep relaxation.Usedgloballybymeditatorsandhealthpractitionerstoenhancehealthandwellness.

Frequencies: Sounds of Healing. This collection of excerpts from award-winning and bestselling recordings includes selections from ChakraChants,TheLostChord,MedicineBuddha,CelestialReiki,HolyHarmony,

andmanymore.ThechoiceandplacementofeachmusicalselectionissopowerfulandeffectivethattheCDhasbecomeabestsellerandaVisionaryAward winner. It helps to initiate awareness of the power of sound as atransformationalandhealingforce.

Holy Harmony, by Jonathan and Sarah Benson. Contains two never-before-released sacred soundpieces recording the complete healing codesof theBible,performedwithPythagoreantuningforkscombinedwiththechantofan ancient name of Christ. The nine tuning forks are said to haveextraordinaryhealingandtransformationalproperties.Thechant, featuringthe vocals of Jonathan andSarahBenson, can be used for protection, forclearing, and to resonate with the Christ energy. The combination of thetuningforkswiththechantisgreatforrelaxation,meditation,healing,andtransformation.

TheLostChord.AsonicjourneythroughtheChakrasandtheKabbalisticTreeof Life with sacred mantras, overtones, and mantric chanting from theHindu,Tibetan,andHebrewtraditions,usingfrequenciesandsacredratiosall employing the Fibonacci Series. This CD was runner-up for theVisionary Awards’, Best Healing and Meditation Album of the Year in2000,andisanincrediblypowerfulsonictoolforinitiation.

Medicine Buddha. This recording was created for His Holiness the DalaiLama’s teachings inNorthern California of the “Heart ofWisdom” sutraandthe“MedicineBuddha”initiation.Featuringthe“DeepVoice”chantingof Tibetan Chant Master Lama Tashi, along with Jonathan Goldman’smantricchoralvoices,Tibetansingingbowls,NativeAmericanflute,guitar,anddrums.Thisisabeautifulrecording.

Reiki Chants. From an ancient Eastern tradition of sound healing, thisextraordinarily beautiful choral album will heal you as you listen. Thedifferent chants are each encoded with the energy of one of the Reikisymbols and enhance specific aspects of Reiki energy for amplifiedphysical, emotional, mental, and spiritual wellness. Great for healing,meditation,andrelaxation,thisVisionaryAwardwinnerfeaturesmaleandfemalechoralvoiceswithharp,tambura,koto,violin,andgentlekeyboards.

SacredGateways. This powerful recording of sacred chants with drummingfeatures Jonathan and chant masters from different traditions: Native

American,Hindu,Mayan,Tibetan,andHebrew.Includes“OmManiPadmeHum,” “Hey Yungua,” and “Om Namah Shivaya.” Great for movement,dance,andceremony.

TranceTara.Anhour-longmantric chant to invokeTara,Tibetan goddess ofcompassion and protection. It features male and female choral voices,Tibetan overtone chanting, singing bowls and bells, and powerful tribaldrumming.This recordinghasbeen featured in filmsandcanbeused foryoga,massage,dance,andtantricactivity.

2012: Ascension Harmonics. Designed to help awaken listeners throughenhancing altered states of consciousness and heightened awareness.Composed of overtone chanting and Tibetan bowls and bells, this CDcreatesundulatingwavesofhealingsounds toassistvibrationalactivationand frequency shifts. It won the 2009 Visionary Award for BestHealing/Meditationalbum.Thesacred,multidimensional,harmonicsoundsare excellent for enhancing deep states of meditation as well as forfacilitatingshamanicjourneys,rituals,andtheascensionprocess.

2013: Ecstatic Sonics. This recording features eighteen tracks of mantras,chants,andsacredsoundstocreatesoothing,vibrationalsonicenergiesthatheal and transform. It also includes the first-time-ever use of specificfrequencies to encode the emotional states of joy and ecstasy. Thesemultidimensional sonics initiate altered states of consciousness, activateheightenedawareness,andenhancevibrationalactivation,frequencyshifts,rituals,andrelaxation.

Waves of Light. Includes more than seventy minutes of ambient musicalcomposition featuring enchanting melodies created using the powerfulfrequencies of theHolyHarmony tuning forks. These otherworldly toneswillembraceyouwithasoothinglyspacious,ambientsonicenvironmentofdeeppeace and tranquillity,whichwill heal and transformyou.Great forrelaxationandmeditation.Anexcellenttoolforsleepenhancement.

MusicbyOthersDue to the amount of music available, listing the music that we use forenhancement of consciousness is difficult. This is not because we do not usesuchmusic—welistentoagreatdealofit—butspecificCDstendtorotateonandoffourradarscreen.Wehavefavoritesthatwe’lllistentoforawhile,then

we’llchangetosomethingelse,andeventuallywe’llgetbacktolisteningtoourolder favoritesagain.Allof theCDs listedherearequiteexcellent,andwe’vealsomadesurethatthey’renotoutofprintandareeasilyavailable.

Ambient Music for Sleep, by Dr. Jeffrey Thompson. Soft, atmosphericsynthesizer tones promote an increase in delta brainwaves, easing thetransition from wakefulness to deeper levels of sleep. Jeff is a majorinnovator in the field of psychoacoustics, which examines how musiceffectsournervoussystem.Thisrecordingfeaturessoothingambientmusicdesignedtoenhancesleep.

Ambient1:MusicforAirports,byBrianEno.Thisisdreamlikemusicplayedonsynthesizers.Enousesafewsimplenoteswithorganizedvariableloopsto create deeply relaxing music that is great for meditation. It creates abeautifulatmosphereofsoniccoloration,whichseemstobefeltmorethanheard.Thisrecordinghasinfluencedmanymusicians.

AngelsoftheDeep,byRaphael.Raphaelandhiswife,Kutira,teach“OceanicTantra” in Hawaii. This beautiful album embodies this energy. It is acombinationofcelestialsynthesizersounds,coupledwithharp,guitar,andflute, along with whale and ocean sounds. Wonderfully sensual andrelaxing,thisisagreatrecordingforallsortsoftantricactivity.

AutumnHarmonizingConcert, by FabienMaman and Friends. This is a liverecording of an acoustic concert held at the 2006 Sound HealingConference in Santa Fe, New Mexico. Working with more than sixteenmusicians, Fabien, one of the pioneers in the field of sound healing, hascreated a very unique recording using specific modes designed for theautumnseason.

CaveofWhispers,byJohnBeaulieu. Includesamultitudeofbijamantrasbysound master Dr. John Beaulieu that can be used in many unique andcreativeways.Youcanjustrelax,chooseabijamantrafromthisCD,closeyour eyes, andmeditate.Other uses of this recording include use ofbijamantrameditationsforsleepenhancement,painreduction,andacceleratedhealing.

Chakra Healing Chants, by Sophia. On this CD, song healer Sophia takeslistenersonajourneythroughthechakrasonastreamofsacredsound.Herserenevocaltonessurroundancientchantstosootheandpurifythebody’s

energy centers. She is joined on this recording by several outstandingmusicians.ThisCD,designedtoactivateandhealthechakras,isexcellentforyoga,tantra,meditation,andcreatingasacredspace.

Chakra Suite, by Steven Halpern. Steven is one of the pioneers of healingmusic. This CD is one of the more influential and groundbreakingrecordings, having influenced awhole generation ofmusicians. It is veryslow-pulsed,ambientkeyboardmusicthat isdeeplycalmingandrelaxing.Itisaclassicinitsfield.

ChoKuRei,byWeave.Weaveisagiftedmusicianandweaverofsoundwhohascreatedwonderfulsonicson thisalbum.Utilizingawarenessofsoundandsacred geometry, Weave has turned this Reiki symbol into a peaceful,soothing CD that is great for massage and healing. The music is slow,ambient,andveryrelaxing.

11:11PianoMeditations for Awakening, byRichard Shulman. This series oftranquil and beautiful improvisations on the piano takes the listener on adeepandsacred journey thatexplores theonenessofall life.Richard isaheartfeltplayerwhocan touch theessenceofourbeing.Gentle, relaxing,andyetabletoelicitprofoundspiritualexperiences.

Essence,byDonCampbell.BestknownforhisMozartrecordings,Campbellisalso awonderful composer and creator of ambientmusic.This collectioncontains three deeply relaxing and soothing musical pieces that take thelistener intodeepinnerplacesfor tranquillityandinnerpeace.Createdonsynthesizerwithpowerfulandspaciousechoeffects, thecompositionsaretimelessandenhancerelaxationandhealing.

TheEssence,byDevaPremal.ThebeautifulandtranscendantvocalsofDevaPremalandherpartner,musicianMitan,havebrought theancienthealingpower of Sanskrit mantra into Western musical consciousness. Thisrecording is calming andpeaceful.TheGayatriMantra, oneof theoldestknowntomankind,isthecenterpieceofthistrulymeditativeCD,whichisidealforyoga,healingwork,andmeditation.

FlowGoestheUniverse,byLaraaji.Analbumofbeautifulatmosphericmusic,featuringLaraajionvocals,zither,mbira,keyboards,andpercussion.Heisa master of ambient music and with this recording creates shimmering,otherworldly sonic panoramas that are dreamily effective—great for

relaxationandmeditation.

FlutesofInteriorTime,bySarahBenson.Listenwithaweandreverencetothebeautiful and sacred silver flute playing of Sarah Benson, the “DivineMother”ofsoundhealing.ThisCDiscomposedoftwolongpiecescreatedfor deepmeditation, relaxation, and healing. Tranquil, serene, and utterlysoothing,thismusicwilltransportyoutothetemplesoftheancientmysteryschools, where the transformational and healing energies of sound wereutilizedtobringbalancetobody,mind,andspirit.

HearingSolarWinds,byDavidHykesandtheHarmonicChoir.Thismusicisbeautiful and transformative. It features gorgeous choral voices creatingvocalharmonics.TogetherHykesandhischoirbuildchordsbasedon theharmonicsinoneanother’stonesandcreatePythagoreantunedchords.Theresultiscloudlikeinitssoundandveryhypnotic.

TheLightBeyond,byJeffPearce.Alovelytapestryofambientmusicplayedonguitarthatisbothrelaxingandmeditative.ThisCDwasrecordedliveandis entirely improvised. It features just one man (with a guitar and someelectronicprocessingdevices)whocreated—inrealtime—amusicalworkofsubstance,depth,andsonicrichness.

Lightship, by Tom Kenyon. This is a powerful psychoacoustic tool forexploringinnerstatesofawarenessandotherrealmsofconsciousness.ThisrecordingisTomKenyon’sre-creationofsoundsheardwhileexperiencingpowerful interdimensional forces. All the vocal sound patterns createpowerful,pulsating,acousticvibrations.ThepurposeofthisCDistoleadoneintodirectcontactwiththeremarkableworldsthatresidewithin.

Mystic Love, by Bruce BecVar and Lani Star. This beautiful album is acollaborationbetweenguitaristBruceBecVarandvocalistandflautistLaniLalita Star.With lush vocal and instrumental melodies, this recording islovely to listen to. The back-up musicians are sonic luminaries whocontributetothismasterfulwaveofsounddelight.

Rain of Blessing, by LamaGyurme and Jean-Philippe Rykiel. Tibetan LamaGyurmeuniteswithFrenchcomposerJean-PhilippeRykielforanalbumofEast meets West, with delightful results. Combining the Tibetan monk’ssimple chantwithNewAge tingling-bell synthesizer creates an ambiencethatislovelyandspiritual—helpingthelistenertoembodycompassion.

Shakti:TantricEmbrace,byRussillPaul.UsingtheprinciplesofShabdayogaandNadayoga toguidepositiveenergythroughthebody,Russill focusesonthehealingandbalancingpowersofsound.Toactiviatethechakras,heusesIndianpercussion,flute,sarangi,andtanpuraalongwithtantricchants,invokingtheShaktienergies toconnect tobodyandtheearth.ThisCDisperfect for deepening yoga practice and inspiring movement andmeditation.

SpiritCome, byChrisitianBollman. Solo and group overtone singing by theDusseldorf Overtone Choir with instruments such as the monochord,Tibetanbowls,andhornscreateabeautifully textured journey intosacredsound.These lush choral vocals embody the aspects of sacred sound thatcantrulytransform.

TaoofHealing,byDeanEvensonwithLiXiangting.DeanisafinemeditativeflautistandLiXiangtingisamasteron theguqin,anancientseven-stringzither from China. Together they create a slow and gentle recording.Supportive instrumentation includes keyboards, acoustic guitar, andpercussion.Thisbeautifulrecordinghelpscreateafeelingofpeace.

ThinkingofYou,byKitaro.Kitaroistrulyawareofthetransformingpowerofsound.Themusicisbeautiful—attimessereneandothertimesmajesticanduplifting. All of his albums are among our favorites and are highlyrecommended.

Tibetan Master Chants, by Lama Tashi. The twelve well-known Tibetanmantrasonthisexceptionalalbumfeaturethesacreddeepvoicechantingofoneoftheworld’sforemostTibetanchantmasters.ThisGrammynomineeCDwascreatedasathree-foldtool:toprovideprofoundlisteningpleasure,tocreatesacredspaceandvibrationalshifts,andtohelplistenerslearnthesacredTibetanmantras.Aremarkablerecordingthatwillbenefitanyone’ssacredmusiccollection.

Water,byAlexTheory.ThisisabeautifulanddeeplyrelaxingCDofambientmusic played on tuning forks, sound tubes, chimes, samplers, andsynthesizers.Alexisasoundvisionarywhodrawsuponextensivetraininginpsychology, integrativemedicine,andpsychoacousticmusicproductiontoinnovatenewstylesofmusic.Thisalbumisgreatforself-hypnosisandforcalmingthemind.

APPENDIXC

CHAKRA/BRAINWAVEHARMONIZER

WE CREATED A RECORDING, Chakra/Brainwave Harmonizer (formallyknown as The Tantra of Sound Harmonizer), specifically as a sonic tool togeneratebalanceand tobringharmony to individuals,aswellascouples.Thisrecordingutilizeseverytechniqueandprinciplethatwewriteaboutinthisbook.We believe it represents a new dimension of sound as a therapeutic andtransformationalmodality.Ifpeoplearealreadyinharmony,theeffectsofsucharecording are extremely powerful. If listeners are out of harmony,Chakra/BrainwaveHarmonizerisevenmoreeffective.

On this recording, we use sacred and scientific sound to make the mosteffectiverecordingpossibleforassistinginpersonaldevelopment,healing,andconsciousness acceleration. Chakra/Brainwave Harmonizer incorporates themost advanced knowledge and techniques available, including chakra keynotefrequencies,thesacredvowels,thebijamantras,Pythagoreantuningforks,andmuch more. The fusion of all these elements and effects, as well as theentrainmentfrequenciesandchakraresonancesareanewandexcitingfusionofsoundsthathaveneverbeforebeencombinedinthismanner.

The recording works energetically both vertically and horizontally.Horizontally, itbalancesandaligns thechakras.Vertically, it synchronizesandbalances thebrain.Thisblendofdifferent scientific and sacred sounds,we’venamed Synchro-Sound, because these sounds are designed to assist insynchronizingapersontoastateofbalance,alignment,andwellness.

Forthosewhowishmaximumbenefitfromthisrecording,headphonesareamust.Thedifferent entrainment frequencies, inparticular, aremostpowerfullyreceivedusingheadphones.However,wehavebothenjoyedthisrecordingusingnormalstereoCDplayersandfoundlisteningtoitextremelyhelpfulduringthecreationthisbook.

RECORDEDEXAMPLESFOR

CHAKRAFREQUENCIESTANTRAOFSOUND

1. Introduction(3:15)2. TakingabreathandreleasingitwiththeAHsound(1:43)3. PronouncingtheVowelSounds(5:06)4. ExperiencingtheVowelSoundswithpitchesinthebody(5:28)5. PronouncingtheBijaMantras(4:16)6. SoundingtheBijaMantrasonamonotone(3:15)7. SoundingtheVowelSoundsonamajorscale(11:33)8. SoundingtheVowelSoundsonamonotone(4:00)9. TheNURRSound(1:33)10. TheMUAHZIDTSound(1:07)11. TheVIZSound(1:22)12. TheHUSound(1:26)13. TheVowelsasMantrasSoundBiteinmonotone(3:16)14. TheVowelsasMantrasSoundBiteinthemajorscale(2:36)15. CandGPythagoreanTuningForks2:3(1:34)16. DnA#TuningForks8:13(1:16)17. CrystalBowl(2:44)18. TibetanBowl(2:20)19. TingShas(TibetanBells)(0:44)20. Conclusion(1:50)

Totaltime(60:34)

ABOUTTHEAUTHORS

JonathanGoldman,M.A., is an internationally renownedwriter,musician, andteacher. He is an authority on sound healing and a pioneer in the field ofharmonics.JonathanistheauthorofHealingSounds,ShiftingFrequencies,The7SecretsofSoundHealing,andTheDivineName.Hehasstudiedwithmastersof sound from both the scientific and spiritual traditions, incorporating thisknowledgeandenergyintohisteachingsandhealingmusic.Hisaward-winningrecordings include:Chakra Chants, The Lost Chord, The Divine Name (withGregg Braden), and 2012: Ascension Harmonics. Jonathan is director of theSoundHealersAssociation inBoulder,Colorado,andCEOofSpiritMusic. In2011hewasnamedintheWatkin’sReviewasoneofthe“100MostSpirituallyInfluencialLivingPeopleonthePlanet.”Jonathanteachesthroughouttheworld.

AndiGoldman,M.A.,L.P.C., is a licensed psychotherapist, specializing inholistic counseling and sound therapy. She holds an M.A. in CounselingPsychology from Boulder Graduate School and is codirector of the SoundHealersAssociation anddirector of theHealingSoundsSeminars.Andi is thedeveloper of Tele-Counsel, the nation’s first telephone counseling service tospecifically offer homebound clients structured counseling. She has been aneducatoratinternationalschoolsinJapan,Germany,andIndonesiaandhaslived

and traveled extensively throughout the world. Andi is a musician, author,teacher,soundhealer,andthewifeandpartnerofJonathanGoldman.

TogetherJonathanandAndihavededicatedtheirlifetothepathofservice,helping awaken and empower others with the ability of sound to heal andtransform.They live inBoulder,Colorado,with their sonandmaybe reachedat:www.healingsounds.com, info@healingsounds.com, (303) 443-8181, or bywritingtoP.O.Box2240,Boulder,CO80306.

AboutInnerTraditions•Bear&Company

Foundedin1975,InnerTraditionsisaleadingpublisherofbooksonindigenouscultures,perennialphilosophy,visionaryart,spiritual traditionsof theEastandWest, sexuality, holistic health and healing, self-development, as well asrecordingsofethnicmusicandaccompanimentsformeditation.

InJuly2000,Bear&CompanyjoinedwithInnerTraditionsandmovedfromSantaFe,NewMexico,where itwas founded in1980, toRochester,Vermont.Together Inner Traditions • Bear & Company have eleven imprints: InnerTraditions, Bear& Company, HealingArts Press, Destiny Books, Park StreetPress, Bindu Books, Bear Cub Books, Destiny Recordings, Destiny AudioEditions,InnerTraditionsenEspañol,andInnerTraditionsIndia.

Formoreinformationortobrowsethroughourmorethanonethousandtitlesinprint,visitwww.InnerTraditions.com.

OtherbooksbyJonathanGoldman

HealingSounds

ShiftingFrequencies

TheLostChord

The7SecretsofSoundHealing

TheDivineName

BOOKSOFRELATEDINTEREST

HealingSoundsThePowerofHarmonicsbyJonathanGoldman

ThePowerofSoundHowtoBeHealthyandProductiveUsingMusicandSound

byJoshuaLeeds

TheSoundscapeOurSonicEnvironmentandtheTuningoftheWorld

byR.MurraySchafer

2012:AClarionCallYourSoul’sPurposeinConsciousEvolution

byNicolyaChristi

TheSixHealingSoundsTaoistTechniquesforBalancingChi

byMantakChia

TheChakrasinShamanicPracticeEightStagesofHealingandTransformation

bySusanJ.Wright

TheHealingPoweroftheHumanVoiceMantras,Chants,andSeedSoundsforHealthandHarmony

byJamesD’Angelo

ShamanicBreathworkJourneyingbeyondtheLimitsoftheSelf

byLindaStarWolf

INNERTRADITIONS•BEAR&COMPANYP.O.Box388

Rochester,VT05767

1-800-246-8648www.InnerTraditions.com

Orcontactyourlocalbookseller

DestinyBooksOneParkStreetRochester,Vermont05767www.DestinyBooks.com

DestinyBooksisadivisionofInnerTraditionsInternational

Copyright©2005,2011byJonathanGoldmanandAndiGoldman

Originallypublishedin2005byHamptonRoadsPublishingCompanyunderthetitleTantraofSound:FrequenciesofHealing

All rights reserved.Nopartof thisbookmaybe reproducedorutilized inanyform or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, withoutpermissioninwritingfromthepublisher.

LibraryofCongressCataloging-in-PublicationData

Goldman,Jonathan,1949–Chakrafrequencies:tantraofsound/JonathanGoldmanandAndiGoldman.p.cm.

“Originally published in 2005 byHamptonRoads PublishingCompany underthetitleTantraofSound:FrequenciesofHealing.”eISBN-13:978-1-59477-949-71. Intimacy (Psychology) 2. Sound—Therapeutic use. 3. Medicine, Magic,mystic, and spagiric. I. Goldman, Andi, 1948– II. Goldman, Jonathan, 1949–Tantraofsound.III.Title.

HQ801.G58732011158.2—dc22

2011006300

Tosendcorrespondencetotheauthorsofthisbook,mailafirst-classlettertotheauthorsc/oInnerTraditions•Bear&Company,OneParkStreet,Rochester,VT05767, and we will forward the communication, or contact the authors atwww.healingsounds.comorinfo@healingsounds.com.

ElectroniceditionproducedbyePubNow!

www.epubnow.comwww.digitalmediainitiatives.com